FCC ID: A3LSPHL720T Multi-Band GSM/EDGE/UMTS/CDMA/LTE Phone with WLAN, Bluetooth, RFID and ANT+

Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 1 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Important Information for the for the Samsung Galaxy STM 4 Important Safety Information page 8 Manufacturers Warranty page 52 General Terms and Conditions of Service page 77 Important Message From Sprint page 121 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 2 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Intellectual Property All Intellectual Property, as defined below, owned by or which is otherwise the property of Samsung or its respective suppliers relating to the SAMSUNG Phone, including but not limited to, accessories, parts, or software relating there to (the Phone System), is proprietary to Samsung and protected under federal laws, state laws, and international treaty provisions. Intellectual Property includes, but is not limited to, inventions (patentable or unpatentable), patents, trade secrets, copyrights, software, computer programs, and related documentation and other works of authorship. You may not infringe or otherwise violate the rights secured by the Intellectual Property. Moreover, you agree that you will not (and will not attempt to) modify, prepare derivative works of, reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, or otherwise attempt to create source code from the software. No title to or ownership in the Intellectual Property is transferred to you. All applicable rights of the Intellectual Property shall remain with SAMSUNG and its suppliers. Open Source Software Some software components of this product incorporate source code covered under GNU General Public License (GPL), GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL), OpenSSL License, BSD License and other open source 2 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 3 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM licenses. To obtain the source code covered under the open source licenses, please visit:

http://opensource.samsung.com. Disclaimer of Warranties; Exclusion of Liability EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE EXPRESS WARRANTY CONTAINED ON THE WARRANTY PAGE ENCLOSED WITH THE PRODUCT, THE PURCHASER TAKES THE PRODUCT "AS IS", AND SAMSUNG MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THE PRODUCT OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE; THE DESIGN, CONDITION OR QUALITY OF THE PRODUCT; THE PERFORMANCE OF THE PRODUCT; THE WORKMANSHIP OF THE PRODUCT OR THE COMPONENTS CONTAINED THEREIN; OR COMPLIANCE OF THE PRODUCT WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ANY LAW, RULE, SPECIFICATION OR CONTRACT PERTAINING THERETO. NOTHING CONTAINED IN THE INSTRUCTION MANUAL SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO CREATE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT. IN ADDITION, SAMSUNG SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OF ANY KIND RESULTING FROM THE PURCHASE OR 3 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 4 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM USE OF THE PRODUCT OR ARISING FROM THE BREACH OF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY, INCLUDING INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR LOSS OF ANTICIPATED PROFITS OR BENEFITS. Modification of Software SAMSUNG IS NOT LIABLE FOR PERFORMANCE ISSUES OR INCOMPATIBILITIES CAUSED BY YOUR EDITING OF REGISTRY SETTINGS, OR YOUR MODIFICATION OF OPERATING SYSTEM SOFTWARE. USING CUSTOM OPERATING SYSTEM SOFTWARE MAY CAUSE YOUR DEVICE AND APPLICATIONS TO WORK IMPROPERLY. YOUR CARRIER MAY NOT PERMIT USERS TO DOWNLOAD CERTAIN SOFTWARE, SUCH AS CUSTOM OS. SAFE (Samsung Approved For Enterprise) SAFE: "SAFE" (Samsung for Enterprise) is a mark for a Samsung device which has been tested against Samsung's own internal criteria for interoperability with certain third party security-related solutions for MDM and VPN. The testing includes field testing with local network connection and menu tree testing which tests functionality of the solutions in conjunction with the Samsung device. During the testing, the device is tested with the security 4 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 5 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM solutions to see if the solutions work with the device as described by the third party security solution providers. The testing, for example, includes field testing with local network connection and menu tree testing which tests functionality of the solutions in conjunction with the Samsung device. For more information about Samsung's SAFE program, please refer to www.samsung.com/us/safe. Disclaimer of Warranties: EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE PROVIDED IN THEIR STANDARD END USER LICENSE AND WARRANTY, TO THE FULL EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW SAMSUNG ELECTRONICS CO., LTD., SAMSUNG TELECOMMUNICATIONS AMERICA, LLC, AND THEIR AFFILIATES

(COLLECTIVELY REFERRED TO HEREIN AS THE "SAMSUNG ENTITIES") EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, INTEROPERABILITY OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, WITH RESPECT TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY PROTECTION, SAFE DEVICES AND APPLICATIONS TESTED WITH SAFE DEVICES. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE SAMSUNG ENTITIES BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SECURITY 5 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 6 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM please refer to www.samsung.com/us/safe, available on the web and where Samsung smartphone and Galaxy Tab devices are sold.

[101212]

Samsung Telecommunications America

(STA), LLC Headquarters:

1301 E. Lookout Drive Richardson, TX 75082 PROTECTION, SAFE DEVICES OR APPLICATIONS TESTED WITH SAFE DEVICES. In addition, information technology security protection will be affected by features or functionality associated with, among other things the e-mail platform, master data management, and virtual private network solutions selected by the software provider, solution provider or user. Choice of an e-mail, master data management, and virtual private network solution is at the sole discretion of the software provider, solution provider or user and any associated effect on information technology security protection is solely the responsibility of the software provider, solution provider or user. For complete statement of limited warranty, 6 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 7 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Response System) at:

www.samsung.com/us/support Customer Care Center:

1000 Klein Rd. Plano, TX 75074 Toll Free Tel: 1.888.987.HELP (4357) Internet Address:

http://www.samsung.com 2013 Samsung Telecommunications America, LLC. Samsung is a registered trademark of Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Do you have questions about your Samsung Mobile Device?

For 24 hour information and assistance, we offer a new FAQ/ARS System (Automated 7 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 8 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Important Safety Information This device is capable of operating in Wi-Fi mode in the 2.4 and 5 GHz bands. The FCC requires that devices operating within 5.15-

5.25 GHz may only be used indoors, not outside, in order to avoid interference with Mobile Satellite Services (MSS). Therefore, this device is restricted from being used outdoors when operating in frequencies between 5.15-

5.25 GHz. This section outlines the safety precautions associated with using your phone. The terms mobile device or cell phone are used in this section to refer to your phone. Read this information before using your mobile device. Exposure to Radio Frequency (RF) Signals The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has published information for consumers relating to Radio Frequency (RF) exposure from wireless phones. The FDA publication includes the following information:

Do cell phones pose a health hazard?

Many people are concerned that cell phone radiation will cause cancer or other serious health hazards. The weight of scientific 8 Important Safety Information DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 9 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM evidence has not linked cell phones with any health problems. Cell phones emit low levels of Radio Frequency

(RF) energy. Over the past 15 years, scientists have conducted hundreds of studies looking at the biological effects of the radio frequency energy emitted by cell phones. While some researchers have reported biological changes associated with RF energy, these studies have failed to be replicated. The majority of studies published have failed to show an association between exposure to radio frequency from a cell phone and health problems. The low levels of RF cell phones emit while in use are in the microwave frequency range. They also emit RF at substantially reduced time intervals when in the stand-by mode. Whereas high levels of RF can produce health effects (by heating tissue), exposure to low level RF that does not produce heating effects causes no known adverse health effects. The biological effects of radio frequency energy should not be confused with the effects from other types of electromagnetic energy. Very high levels of electromagnetic energy, such as is found in X-rays and gamma rays, can ionize biological tissues. Ionization is a process where electrons are stripped away from their normal locations in atoms and molecules. Important Safety Information 9 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 10 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM It can permanently damage biological tissues including DNA, the genetic material. The energy levels associated with radio frequency energy, including both radio waves and microwaves, are not great enough to cause ionization of atoms and molecules. Therefore, RF energy is a type of non-ionizing radiation. Other types of non-ionizing radiation include visible light, infrared radiation (heat), and other forms of electromagnetic radiation with relatively low frequencies. While RF energy does not ionize particles, large amounts can increase body temperatures and cause tissue damage. Two areas of the body, the eyes and the testes, are particularly vulnerable to RF heating because there is relatively little blood flow in them to carry away excess heat. Research Results to Date: Is there a connection between RF and certain health problems?

The results of most studies conducted to date say no. In addition, attempts to replicate and confirm the few studies that have shown a connection have failed. The scientific community at large therefore believes that the weight of scientific evidence does not show an association between exposure to Radio Frequency (RF) from cell phones and adverse health outcomes. Still the scientific community has supported additional 10 Important Safety Information DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 11 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM research to address gaps in knowledge. Some of these studies are described below. Interphone Study Interphone is a large international study designed to determine whether cell phones increase the risk of head and neck cancer. A report published in the International Journal of Epidemiology (June, 2010) compared cell phone usage for more than 5,000 people with brain tumors (glioma and meningioma) and a similar number of healthy controls. Results of this study did NOT show that cell phones caused brain cancer. In this study, most people had no increased risk of brain cancer from using cell phones. For people with the heaviest use of cell phones (an average of more than hour per day, every day, for over 10 years) the study suggested a slight increase in brain cancer. However, the authors determined that biases and errors prevented any conclusions being drawn from this data. Additional information about Interphone can be found at http://www.iarc.fr/en/media-centre/pr/2010/pdfs/

pr200_E.pdf. Interphone is the largest cell phone study to date, but it did not answer all questions about cell phone safety. Additional research is being conducted around the world, and the FDA continues to monitor developments in this field. Important Safety Information 11 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 12 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM International Cohort Study on Mobile Phone Users

(COSMOS) The COSMOS study aims to conduct long-term health monitoring of a large group of people to determine if there are any health issues linked to long-term exposure to radio frequency energy from cell phone use. The COSMOS study will follow approximately 300,000 adult cell phone users in Europe for 20 to 30 years. Additional information about the COSMOS study can be found at http://www.ukcosmos.org/index.html. Risk of Brain Cancer from Exposure to Radio Frequency Fields in Childhood and Adolescence

(MOBI-KIDS) MOBI-KIDS is an international study investigating the relationship between exposure to radio frequency energy from communication technologies including cell phones and brain cancer in young people. This is an international multi-center study involving 14 European and non-European countries. Additional information about MOBI-KIDS can be found at http://www.creal.cat/programes-recerca/

en_projectes-creal/view.php?ID=39. 12 Important Safety Information DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 13 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results (SEER) Program of the National Cancer Institute The National Cancer Institute (NCI) actively follows cancer statistics in the United States to detect any change in rates of new cases for brain cancer. If cell phones play a role in risk for brain cancer, rates should go up, because heavy cell phone use has been common for quite some time in the U.S. Between 1987 and 2005, the overall age-adjusted incidence of brain cancer did not increase. Additional information about SEER can be found at http://seer.cancer.gov/. Cell Phone Industry Actions Although the existing scientific data do not justify FDA regulatory actions, the FDA has urged the cell phone industry to take a number of steps, including the following:

Support-needed research on possible biological effects of RF for the type of signal emitted by cell phones;

Design cell phones in a way that minimizes any RF exposure to the user; and Cooperate in providing users of cell phones with the current information on cell phone use and human health concerns. The FDA also is working with voluntary standard-setting bodies such as the Institute of Important Safety Information 13 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 14 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE), the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP), and others to assure that safety standards continue to adequately protect the public. Reducing Exposure: Hands-Free Kits and Other Accessories Steps to Reduce Exposure to Radio Frequency Energy If there is a risk from being exposed to radio frequency energy (RF) from cell phones - and at this point we do not know that there is - it is probably very small. But, if you are concerned about avoiding even potential risks, you can take a few simple steps to minimize your RF exposure. Reduce the amount of time spent using your cell phone;

Use speaker mode or a headset to place more distance between your head and the cell phone. Hands-Free Kits Hands-free kits may include audio or Bluetooth headsets and various types of body-worn accessories such as belt-clips and holsters. Combinations of these can be used to reduce RF energy absorption from cell phones. Headsets can substantially reduce exposure because the phone is held away from the head 14 Important Safety Information DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 15 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM in the user's hand or in approved body-worn accessories. Cell phones marketed in the U.S. are required to meet RF exposure compliance requirements when used against the head and against the body. Because there are no known risks from exposure to RF emissions from cell phones, there is no reason to believe that hands-free kits reduce risks. Hands-free kits can be used for convenience and comfort. They are also required by law in many states if you want to use your phone while driving. Cell Phone Accessories that Claim to Shield the Head from RF Radiation Because there are no known risks from exposure to RF emissions from cell phones, there is no reason to believe that accessories which claim to shield the head from those emissions reduce risks. Some products that claim to shield the user from RF absorption use special phone cases, while others involve nothing more than a metallic accessory attached to the phone. Studies have shown that these products generally do not work as advertised. Unlike hands-free kits, these so-called shields may interfere with proper operation of the phone. Important Safety Information 15 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 16 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM The phone may be forced to boost its power to compensate, leading to an increase in RF absorption. Children and Cell Phones The scientific evidence does not show a danger to any users of cell phones from RF exposure, including children and teenagers. The steps adults can take to reduce RF exposure apply to children and teenagers as well. Reduce the amount of time spent on the cell phone;

Use speaker mode or a headset to place more distance between the head and the cell phone. Some groups sponsored by other national governments have advised that children be discouraged from using cell phones at all. For example, The Stewart Report from the United Kingdom made such a recommendation in December 2000. In this report, a group of independent experts noted that no evidence exists that using a cell phone causes brain tumors or other ill effects. Their recommendation to limit cell phone use by children was strictly precautionary; it was not based on scientific evidence that any health hazard exists. Additional information on the safety of RF exposures from various sources can be 16 Important Safety Information DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 17 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM obtained from the following organizations

(updated 10/1/2010):

FCC RF Safety Program:

http://www.fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety/. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA):

http://www.epa.gov/radtown/wireless-

tech.html. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA):

http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/

radiofrequencyradiation/.

(Note: This web address is case sensitive.) National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH):

http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/. World Health Organization (WHO):

http://www.who.int/peh-emf/en/. International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection:

http://www.icnirp.de. Health Protection Agency:

http://www.hpa.org.uk/Topics/Radiation/. US Food and Drug Administration:

http://www.fda.gov/Radiation-

EmittingProducts/

RadiationEmittingProductsandProcedures/

HomeBusinessandEntertainment/CellPhones/

default.htm. Important Safety Information 17 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 18 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) Certification Information Your wireless phone is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed and manufactured not to exceed the exposure limits for Radio Frequency

(RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) of the U.S. Government. These FCC RF exposure limits are derived from the recommendations of two expert organizations: the National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurement (NCRP) and the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). In both cases, the recommendations were developed by scientific and engineering experts drawn from industry, government, and academia after extensive reviews of the scientific literature related to the biological effects of RF energy. The RF exposure limit set by the FCC for wireless mobile phones employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR). The SAR is a measure of the rate of absorption of RF energy by the human body expressed in units of watts per kilogram (W/kg). The FCC requires wireless phones to comply with a safety limit of 1.6 watts per kilogram (1.6 W/kg). The FCC SAR limit incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give additional protection to 18 Important Safety Information DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 19 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM the public and to account for any variations in measurements. SAR tests are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by the FCC with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands. Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level, the actual SAR level of the phone while operating can be well below the maximum reported value. This is because the phone is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only the power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a wireless base station antenna, the lower the power output of the phone. Before a new model phone is available for sale to the public, it must be tested and certified to the FCC that it does not exceed the SAR limit established by the FCC. Tests for each model phone are performed in positions and locations

(e.g. at the ear and worn on the body) as required by the FCC. For body-worn operation, this phone has been tested and meets FCC RF exposure guidelines when used with an accessory that contains no metal and that positions the mobile device a minimum of 1.0 cm from the body. Important Safety Information 19 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 20 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Use of other accessories may not ensure compliance with FCC RF exposure guidelines. The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this mobile phone with all reported SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. The maximum SAR values for this model phone as reported to the FCC are:

Head (Simultaneous Transmission): 0.34 W/Kg Body (Simultaneous Transmission): 1.34 W/Kg The SAR information for this device can also be found on Samsungs website:

http://www.samsung.com/sar. SAR information on this and other model phones can be accessed online on the FCC's website through http://transition.fcc.gov/oet/

rfsafety/sar.html. To find information that pertains to a particular model phone, this site uses the phone FCC ID number which is usually printed somewhere on the case of the phone. Sometimes it may be necessary to remove the battery pack to find the number. Once you have the FCC ID number for a particular phone, follow the instructions on the website and it should provide values for typical or maximum SAR for a particular phone. Additional SAR information can also be obtained at http://www.fcc.gov/encyclopedia/specific-

absorption-rate-sar-cellular-telephones. 20 Important Safety Information DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 21 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM FCC Part 15 Information to User Pursuant to part 15.21 of the FCC Rules, you are cautioned that changes or modifications not expressly approved by Samsung could void your authority to operate the device. This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Important Safety Information 21 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 22 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/

TV technician for help. Commercial Mobile Alerting System

("CMAS") This device is also designed to receive CMAS alerts, known as Personal Localized Alerting Network ("PLAN") alerts. If your wireless provider has chosen to participate in CMAS/

PLAN, alerts may be available while in the provider's coverage area. If you travel outside your provider's coverage area, alerts may not be available. For more information, please contact your wireless provider. Smart Practices While Driving On the Road - Off the Phone The primary responsibility of every driver is the safe operation of his or her vehicle. Responsible drivers understand that no secondary task should be performed while driving whether it be eating, drinking, talking to passengers, or talking on a mobile phone -

unless the driver has assessed the driving conditions and is confident that the secondary 22 Important Safety Information DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 23 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM task will not interfere with their primary responsibility. Do not engage in any activity while driving a moving vehicle which may cause you to take your eyes off the road or become so absorbed in the activity that your ability to concentrate on the act of driving becomes impaired. Samsung is committed to promoting responsible driving and giving drivers the tools they need to understand and address distractions. Check the laws and regulations on the use of mobile devices and their accessories in the areas where you drive. Always obey them. The use of these devices may be prohibited or restricted in certain areas. For example, only hands-free use may be permitted in certain areas. Before answering calls, consider your circumstances. Let the call go to voicemail when driving conditions require. Remember, driving comes first, not the call!

If you consider a call necessary and appropriate, follow these tips:

Use a hands-free device;

Secure your phone within easy reach;

Place calls when you are not moving;

Plan calls when your car will be stationary;

Do not engage in stressful or emotional conversations;

Important Safety Information 23 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 24 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Let the person with whom you are speaking know that you are driving and will suspend the call if necessary;

Do not take notes or look up phone numbers while driving;

Notice regarding legal restrictions on mounting this device in an automobile:

Laws in some states may prohibit mounting this device on or near the windshield of an automobile. In other states, the law may permit mounting this device only in specific locations in the automobile. Be sure to consult the state and local laws or ordinances where you drive before mounting this device in an automobile. Failure to comply with these restrictions could result in fines, penalties, or other damages. Never mount this device in a manner that will obstruct the driver's clear view of the street and traffic. Never use wireless data services such as text messaging, Web browsing, or e-mail while operating a vehicle. Never watch videos, such as a movie or clip, or play video games while operating a vehicle. For more information, go to http://www.ctia.org. 24 Important Safety Information DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 25 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Battery Use and Safety Important! Handle and store batteries properly to avoid injury or damage. Most battery issues arise from improper handling of batteries and, particularly, from the continued use of damaged batteries. Do not disassemble, crush, puncture, shred, or otherwise attempt to change the form of your battery. Do not put a high degree of pressure on the battery. This can cause leakage or an internal short-circuit, resulting in overheating. Do not let the phone or battery come in contact with liquids. Liquids can get into the phone's circuits, leading to corrosion. Even when the phone appears to be dry and appears to operate normally, the circuitry could slowly corrode and pose a safety hazard. If the phone and/or battery get wet, have them checked by your service provider or contact Samsung, even if they appear to be working properly. Do not place your battery in or near a heat source. Excessive heating can damage the phone or the battery and could cause the phone or the battery to explode. Do not dry a wet or damp battery with an appliance or heat source such as a microwave oven, hair dryer, iron, or radiator. Avoid leaving your phone in your car in high temperatures. Important Safety Information 25 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 26 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Do not dispose of the phone or the battery Never use any charger or battery that is in a fire. The phone or the battery may explode when overheated. Do not handle a damaged or leaking battery. Do not let leaking battery fluid come in contact with your eyes, skin or clothing. For safe disposal options, contact your nearest Samsung-authorized service center. Avoid dropping the cell phone. Dropping the phone or the battery, especially on a hard surface, can potentially cause damage to the phone and battery. If you suspect damage to the phone or battery, take it to a service center for inspection. damaged in any way. Do not allow the battery to touch metal objects. Accidental short-circuiting can occur when a metallic object (coin, key, jewelry, clip, or pen) causes a direct connection between the +

and - terminals of the battery (metal strips on the battery), for example when you carry a spare battery in a pocket or bag. Short-circuiting the terminals may damage the battery or the object causing the short-circuiting. 26 Important Safety Information DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 27 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Important! Use only Samsung-approved batteries, and recharge your battery only with Samsung-approved chargers which are specifically designed for your phone. WARNING!

Use of a non-Samsung-approved battery or charger may present a risk of fire, explosion, leakage, or other hazard. Samsung's warranty does not cover damage to the phone caused by nonSamsung-approved batteries and/or chargers. Do not use incompatible cell phone batteries and chargers. Some websites and second-hand dealers not associated with reputable manufacturers and carriers, might be selling incompatible or even counterfeit batteries and chargers. Consumers should purchase manufacturer or carrier-recommended products and accessories. If unsure about whether a replacement battery or charger is compatible, contact the manufacturer of the battery or charger. Misuse or use of incompatible phones, batteries, and charging devices could result in damage to the equipment and a possible risk of fire, explosion, or leakage, leading to serious injuries, damages to your phone, or other serious hazard. Important Safety Information 27 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 28 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Samsung Mobile Products and Recycling Samsung cares for the environment and encourages its customers to recycle Samsung mobile devices and genuine Samsung accessories. Proper disposal of your mobile device and its battery is not only important for safety, it benefits the environment. Batteries must be recycled or disposed of properly. Recycling programs for your mobile device, batteries, and accessories may not be available in your area. We've made it easy for you to recycle your old Samsung mobile device by working with respected take-back companies in every state in the country. Drop It Off You can drop off your Samsung-branded mobile device and batteries for recycling at one of our numerous Samsung Recycling Direct (SM) locations. A list of these locations may be found at:

http://pages.samsung.com/us/recyclingdirect/

usactivities_environment_samsungrecyclingdir ect_locations.jsp. Samsung-branded devices and batteries will be accepted at these locations for no fee. 28 Important Safety Information DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 29 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Consumers may also recycle their used mobile device or batteries at many retail or carrier-provided locations where mobile devices and batteries are sold. Additional information regarding specific locations may be found at:

http://www.epa.gov/epawaste/partnerships/

plugin/cellphone/index.htm or at http://

www.call2recycle.org/. Mail It In The Samsung Mobile Take-Back Program will provide Samsung customers with a free recycling mailing label. Just go to http://fun.samsungmobileusa.com/

recycling/index.jsp and follow the instructions to print out a free pre-paid postage label and then send your old mobile device or battery to the address listed, via U.S. Mail, for recycling. Dispose of unwanted electronics through an approved recycler. To find the nearest recycling location, go to our website:

www.samsung.com/recyclingdirect Or call, (877) 278-0799. Follow local regulations regarding disposal of mobile devices and batteries Dispose of your mobile device and batteries in accordance with local regulations. In some areas, the disposal of these items in household Important Safety Information 29 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 30 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM or business trash may be prohibited. Help us protect the environment - recycle!

Warning! Never dispose of batteries in a fire because they may explode. UL Certified Travel Charger The Travel Charger for this phone has met applicable UL safety requirements. Please adhere to the following safety instructions per UL guidelines:

FAILURE TO FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS OUTLINED MAY LEAD TO SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY AND POSSIBLE PROPERTY DAMAGE. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS -

SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. DANGER - TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK, CAREFULLY FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS. FOR CONNECTION TO A SUPPLY NOT IN NORTH AMERICA, USE AN ATTACHMENT PLUG ADAPTOR OF THE PROPER CONFIGURATION FOR THE POWER OUTLET. THIS POWER UNIT IS INTENDED TO BE CORRECTLY ORIENTED 30 Important Safety Information DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 31 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM IN A VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL OR FLOOR MOUNT POSITION. Display / Touch-Screen Please note the following information when using your mobile device:

WARNING REGARDING DISPLAY The display on your mobile device is made of glass or acrylic and could break if your mobile device is dropped or if it receives significant impact. Do not use if screen is broken or cracked as this could cause injury to you. WARRANTY DISCLAIMER: PROPER USE OF A TOUCH-SCREEN MOBILE DEVICE If your mobile device has a touch-screen display, please note that a touch-screen responds best to a light touch from the pad of your finger or a non-metallic stylus. Using excessive force or a metallic object when pressing on the touch-screen may damage the tempered glass surface and void the warranty. For more information, please refer to the Standard Limited Warranty. GPS & AGPS Certain Samsung mobile devices can use a Global Positioning System (GPS) signal for location-based applications. A GPS uses Important Safety Information 31 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 32 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM satellites controlled by the U.S. Government that are subject to changes implemented in accordance with the Department of Defense policy and the 2008 Federal Radio navigation Plan (FRP). Changes may affect the performance of location-based technology on your mobile device. Certain Samsung mobile devices can also use an Assisted Global Positioning System (AGPS), which obtains information from the cellular network to improve GPS performance. AGPS uses your wireless service provider's network and therefore airtime, data charges, and/or additional charges may apply in accordance with your service plan. Contact your wireless service provider for details. Your Location Location-based information includes information that can be used to determine the approximate location of a mobile device. Mobile devices which are connected to a wireless network transmit location-based information. Additionally, if you use applications that require location-based information (e.g. driving directions), such applications transmit location-based information. The location-based information may be shared with third-parties, including your wireless service provider, applications providers, Samsung, and other third-parties providing services. 32 Important Safety Information DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 33 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Use of AGPS in Emergency Calls When you make an emergency call, the cellular network may activate AGPS technology in your mobile device to tell the emergency responders your approximate location. AGPS has limitations and might not work in your area. Therefore:

Always tell the emergency responder your location to the best of your ability; and Remain on the mobile device for as long as the emergency responder instructs you. Navigation Maps, directions, and other navigation-data, including data relating to your current location, may contain inaccurate or incomplete data, and circumstances can and do change over time. In some areas, complete information may not be available. Therefore, you should always visually confirm that the navigational instructions are consistent with what you see before following them. All users should pay attention to road conditions, closures, traffic, and all other factors that may impact safe driving or walking. Always obey posted road signs. Emergency Calls This mobile device, like any wireless mobile device, operates using radio signals, wireless and landline networks, as well as user-programmed functions, which cannot Important Safety Information 33 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 34 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM features are in use. Check with local service providers. guarantee connection in all conditions, areas, or circumstances. Therefore, you should never rely solely on any wireless mobile device for essential communications (medical emergencies, for example). Before traveling in remote or underdeveloped areas, plan an alternate method of contacting emergency services personnel. Remember, to make or receive any calls, the mobile device must be switched on and in a service area with adequate signal strength. Emergency calls may not be possible on all wireless mobile device networks or when certain network services and/or mobile device 34 Important Safety Information DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 35 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM To make an emergency call:

and tap Phone. 1. Press 2. Tap the keys for the the emergency number for your present location (for example, 911 or other official emergency number). Emergency numbers vary by location. 3. Tap to dial the number. If certain features are in use (call blocking, for example), you may first need to deactivate those features before you can make an emergency call. Consult your User Manual and your local cellular service provider. When making an emergency call, remember to give all the necessary information as accurately as possible. Remember that your mobile device may be the only means of communication at the scene of an accident; do not cut off the call until given permission to do so. Care and Maintenance Your mobile device is a product of superior design and craftsmanship and should be treated with care. The suggestions below will help you fulfill any warranty obligations and allow you to enjoy this product for many years:

Keep your Samsung Mobile Device away from:

Liquids of any kind Keep the mobile device dry. Precipitation, humidity, and liquids contain minerals that Important Safety Information 35 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 36 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM will corrode electronic circuits. If the mobile device does get wet, do not accelerate drying with the use of an oven, microwave, or dryer, because this may damage the mobile device and could cause a fire or explosion. Do not use the mobile device with a wet hand. Doing so may cause an electric shock to you or damage to the mobile device. Extreme heat or cold Avoid temperatures below 0C / 32F or above 45C / 113F. Microwaves Do not try to dry your mobile device in a microwave oven. Doing so may cause a fire or explosion. Dust and dirt Do not expose your mobile device to dust, dirt, or sand. Cleaning solutions Do not use harsh chemicals, cleaning solvents, or strong detergents to clean the mobile device. Wipe it with a soft cloth slightly dampened in a mild soap-and-water solution. If the mobile device has a retractable camera lens, do not use soap and water to clean the lens. Use a blower or brush or lens 36 Important Safety Information DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 37 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM cleaning paper dampened in a lens cleaning solution. Shock or vibration Do not drop, knock, or shake the mobile device. Rough handling can break internal circuit boards. Paint Do not paint the mobile device. Paint can clog the devices moving parts or ventilation openings and prevent proper operation. Responsible Listening Caution! Avoid potential hearing loss. Damage to hearing occurs when a person is exposed to loud sounds over time. The risk of hearing loss increases as sound is played louder and for longer durations. Prolonged exposure to loud sounds (including music) is the most common cause of preventable hearing loss. Some scientific research suggests that using portable audio devices, such as portable music players and cell phones, at high volume settings for long durations may lead to permanent noise-induced hearing loss. This includes the use of headphones (including headsets, earbuds, and Bluetooth or other wireless devices). Exposure to very loud sound has also been associated in some studies with tinnitus (a ringing in the ear), hypersensitivity to Important Safety Information 37 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 38 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM sound, and distorted hearing. Individual susceptibility to noise-induced hearing loss and potential hearing problem varies. Additionally, the amount of sound produced by a portable audio device varies depending on the nature of the sound, the device settings, and the headphones that are used. As a result, there is no single volume setting that is appropriate for everyone or for every combination of sound, settings, and equipment. You should follow some common sense recommendations when using any portable audio device:

Always turn the volume down before plugging the earphones into an audio source. Set the volume in a quiet environment and select the lowest volume at which you can hear adequately. Be aware that you can adapt to higher volume settings over time, not realizing that the higher volume may be harmful to your hearing. When using headphones, turn the volume down if you cannot hear the people speaking near you or if the person sitting next to you can hear what you are listening to. 38 Important Safety Information DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 39 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Do not turn the volume up to block out noisy surroundings. If you choose to listen to your portable device in a noisy environment, use noise-cancelling headphones to block out background environmental noise. By blocking background environment noise, noise cancelling headphones should allow you to hear the music at lower volumes than when using earbuds. Limit the amount of time you listen. As the volume increases, less time is required before you hearing could be affected. Avoid using headphones after exposure to extremely loud noises, such as rock concerts, that might cause temporary hearing loss. Temporary hearing loss might cause unsafe volumes to sound normal. Do not listen at any volume that causes you discomfort. If you experience ringing in your ears, hear muffled speech, or experience any temporary hearing difficulty after listening to your portable audio device, discontinue use and consult your doctor. You can obtain additional information on this subject from the following sources:

Important Safety Information 39 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 40 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM American Academy of Audiology 11730 Plaza American Drive, Suite 300 Reston, VA 20190 Voice: (800) 222-2336 Email: info@audiology.org Internet:

http://www.audiology.org/Pages/

default.aspx National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders National Institutes of Health 31 Center Drive, MSC 2320 Bethesda, MD 20892-2320 Email: nidcdinfo@nih.gov Internet:

http://www.nidcd.nih.gov/

40 Important Safety Information DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 41 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) 395 E Street, S.W., Suite 9200 Patriots Plaza Building Washington, DC 20201 Voice: 1-800-35-NIOSH

(1-800-356-4674) 1-800-CDC-INFO (1-800-232-4636) Outside the U.S. 513-533-8328 Email: cdcinfo@cdc.gov Internet:

http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/

noise/default.html 1-888-232-6348 TTY Operating Environment Remember to follow any special regulations in force in any area, and always switch your mobile device off whenever it is forbidden to use it, or when it may cause interference or danger. When connecting the mobile device or any accessory to another device, read its user's guide for detailed safety instructions. Do not connect incompatible products. Using Your Mobile Device Near Other Electronic Devices Most modern electronic equipment is shielded from Radio Frequency (RF) signals. However, certain electronic equipment may not be shielded against the RF signals from your Important Safety Information 41 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 42 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM wireless mobile device. Consult the manufacturer to discuss alternatives. Implantable Medical Devices A minimum separation of six (6) inches should be maintained between a handheld wireless mobile device and an implantable medical device, such as a pacemaker or implantable cardioverter defibrillator, to avoid potential interference with the device. Persons who have such devices:

Should ALWAYS keep the mobile device more than six (6) inches from their implantable medical device when the mobile device is turned ON;

Should not carry the mobile device in a breast pocket;

Should use the ear opposite the implantable medical device to minimize the potential for interference;

Should turn the mobile device OFF immediately if there is any reason to suspect that interference is taking place;

Should read and follow the directions from the manufacturer of your implantable medical device. If you have any questions about using your wireless mobile device with an implantable medical device, consult your health care provider. 42 Important Safety Information DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 43 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM For more information see: http://www.fcc.gov/

oet/rfsafety/rf-faqs.html#. Other Medical Devices If you use any other personal medical devices, consult the manufacturer of your device to determine if it is adequately shielded from external RF energy. Your physician may be able to assist you in obtaining this information. Switch your mobile device off in health care facilities when any regulations posted in these areas instruct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilities may be using equipment that could be sensitive to external RF energy. Vehicles RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequately shielded electronic systems in motor vehicles. Check with the manufacturer or its representative regarding your vehicle before using your mobile device in a motor vehicle. You should also consult the manufacturer of any equipment that has been added to your vehicle. Posted Facilities Switch your mobile device off in any facility where posted notices require you to do so. Potentially Explosive Environments Switch your mobile device off when in any area with a potentially explosive atmosphere and Important Safety Information 43 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 44 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM obey all signs and instructions. Sparks in such areas could cause an explosion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even death. Users are advised to switch the mobile device off while at a refueling point (service station). Users are reminded of the need to observe restrictions on the use of radio equipment in fuel depots (fuel storage and distribution areas), chemical plants, or where blasting operations are in progress. Areas with a potentially explosive atmosphere are often, but not always, clearly marked. They include below deck on boats, chemical transfer or storage facilities, vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas (such as propane or butane), areas where the air contains chemicals or particles, such as grain, dust, or metal powders, and any other area where you would normally be advised to turn off your vehicle engine. Vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas (such as propane or butane) must comply with the National Fire Protection Standard (NFPA-58). For a copy of this standard, contact the National Fire Protection Association. When your Device is Wet Do not turn on your device if it is wet. If your device is already on, turn it off and remove the battery immediately (if the device will not turn off or you cannot remove the battery, leave it as-is). Then, dry the device with a towel and take it to a service center. 44 Important Safety Information DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 45 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM FCC Hearing Aid Compatibility (HAC) Regulations for Wireless Devices The U.S. Federal Communications Commission

(FCC) has established requirements for digital wireless mobile devices to be compatible with hearing aids and other assistive hearing devices. When individuals employing some assistive hearing devices (hearing aids and cochlear implants) use wireless mobile devices, they may detect a buzzing, humming, or whining noise. Some hearing devices are more immune than others to this interference noise, and mobile devices also vary in the amount of interference they generate. The wireless telephone industry has developed a rating system for wireless mobile devices to assist hearing device users find mobile devices that may be compatible with their hearing devices. Not all mobile devices have been rated. Mobile devices that are rated have the rating on their box or a label located on the box. The ratings are not guarantees. Results will vary depending on the user's hearing device and hearing loss. If your hearing device happens to be vulnerable to interference, you may not be able to use a rated mobile device successfully. Trying out the mobile device with your hearing device is the best way to evaluate it for your personal needs. Important Safety Information 45 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 46 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM M-Ratings: Wireless mobile devices rated M3 or M4 meet FCC requirements and are likely to generate less interference to hearing devices than mobile devices that are not labeled. M4 is the better/higher of the two ratings. M-ratings refer to enabling acoustic coupling with hearing aids that do not operate in telecoil mode. T-Ratings: Mobile devices rated T3 or T4 meet FCC requirements and are likely to generate less interference to hearing devices than mobile devices that are not labeled. T4 is the better/

higher of the two ratings. T-ratings refer to enabling inductive coupling with hearing aids operating in telecoil mode. Hearing devices may also be rated. Your hearing aid manufacturer or hearing health professional may help you find this rating. Higher ratings mean that the hearing device is relatively immune to interference noise. Under the current industry standard, American National Standards Institute (ANSI) C63.19, the hearing aid and wireless mobile device rating values are added together to indicate how usable they are together. For example, if a hearing aid meets the M2 level rating and the wireless mobile device meets the M3 level rating, the sum of the two values equals M5. Under the standard, this should provide the hearing aid user with normal use while using 46 Important Safety Information DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 47 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM the hearing aid with the particular wireless mobile device. A sum of 6 or more would indicate excellent performance. However, these are not guarantees that all users will be satisfied. T ratings work similarly. M3 + M2 = 5 T3 + T2 = 5 Important Safety Information 47 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 48 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM The HAC rating and measurement procedure are described in the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) C63.19 standard. HAC for Newer Technologies This phone has been tested and rated for use with hearing aids for some of the wireless technologies that it uses. However, there may be some newer wireless technologies used in this phone that have not been tested yet for use with hearing aids. It is important to try the different features of this phone thoroughly and in different locations, using your hearing aid or cochlear implant, to determine if you hear any interfering noise. Consult your service provider or the manufacturer of this phone for information on hearing aid compatibility. If you have questions about return or exchange policies, consult your service provider or phone retailer. Restricting Children's Access to Your Mobile Device Your mobile device is not a toy. Do not allow children to play with it because they could hurt themselves and others, damage the mobile device, or make calls that increase your mobile device bill. Keep the mobile device and all its parts and accessories out of the reach of small children. 48 Important Safety Information DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 49 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM FCC Notice and Cautions FCC Notice The mobile device may cause TV or radio interference if used in close proximity to receiving equipment. The FCC can require you to stop using the mobile device if such interference cannot be eliminated. Cautions Any changes or modifications to your mobile device not expressly approved by Samsung could void your warranty for this equipment and void your authority to operate this equipment. Only use approved batteries, antennas, and chargers. The use of any unauthorized accessories may be dangerous and void the mobile device warranty if said accessories cause damage or a defect to the mobile device. Although your mobile device is quite sturdy, it is a complex piece of equipment and can be broken. Avoid dropping, hitting, bending, or sitting on it. Other Important Safety Information Only qualified personnel should service the mobile device or install the mobile device in a vehicle. Faulty installation or service may be dangerous and may invalidate any warranty applicable to the device. Ensure that any mobile devices or related equipment installed in your vehicle are securely mounted. Important Safety Information 49 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 50 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Check regularly that all wireless mobile device equipment in your vehicle is mounted and operating properly. When using a headset in dry environments, static electricity can build up in the headset and cause a small quick static electrical shock. To minimize the risk of electrostatic discharge from the headset avoid using the headset in extremely dry environments or touch a grounded unpainted metal object to discharge static electricity before inserting the headset. Do not store or carry flammable liquids, gases, or explosive materials in the same compartment as the mobile device, its parts, or accessories. For vehicles equipped with an air bag, remember that an air bag inflates with great force. Do not place objects, including installed or portable wireless equipment near or in the area over the air bag or in the air bag deployment area. If wireless equipment is improperly installed and the air bag inflates, serious injury could result. Switch your mobile device off before boarding an aircraft. The use of wireless mobile devices in aircraft is illegal and may be dangerous to the aircraft's operation. Check with appropriate authorities before 50 Important Safety Information DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 51 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM using any function of a mobile device while on an aircraft. Failure to observe these instructions may lead to the suspension or denial of cell phone services to the offender, or legal action, or both. While using your device, leave some lights on in the room and do not hold the screen too close to your eyes. Seizures or blackouts can occur when you are exposed to flashing lights while watching videos or playing games for extended periods. If you feel any discomfort, stop using the device immediately. Reduce risk of repetitive motion injuries. When you repetitively perform actions, such as pressing keys, drawing characters on a touch screen with your fingers, or playing games, you may experience occasional discomfort in your hands, neck, shoulders, or other parts of your body. When using your device for extended periods, hold the device with a relaxed grip, press the keys lightly, and take frequent breaks. If you continue to have discomfort during or after such use, stop use and see a physician. If your device has a camera flash or light, do not use the flash or light close to the eyes of people or pets. [122011]

Important Safety Information 51 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 52 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Manufacturers Warranty For information regarding the terms and conditions of service for your device, please visit sprint.com or call Sprint Customer Service at 1-888-211-4727. Standard Limited Warranty What is covered and for how long?

SAMSUNG TELECOMMUNICATIONS AMERICA, LLC (SAMSUNG) warrants that SAMSUNGs handsets and accessories

(Products) are free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for the period commencing upon the date of purchase by the first consumer purchaser and continuing for the following specified period of time after that date:

Phone Batteries 1 Year 1 Year Case/Pouch/Holster 90 Days Other Phone Accessories 1 Year What is not covered?

This Limited Warranty is conditioned upon proper use of the Product. 52 Manufacturers Warranty DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 53 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM This Limited Warranty does not cover: (a) defects or damage resulting from accident, misuse, abnormal use, abnormal conditions, improper storage, exposure to liquid, moisture, dampness, sand or dirt, neglect, or unusual physical, electrical or electromechanical stress;

(b) scratches, dents and cosmetic damage, unless caused by SAMSUNG; (c) defects or damage resulting from excessive force or use of a metallic object when pressing on a touch screen; (d) equipment that has the serial number or the enhancement data code removed, defaced, damaged, altered or made illegible; (e) ordinary wear and tear; (f) defects or damage resulting from the use of Product in conjunction or connection with accessories, products, or ancillary/peripheral equipment not furnished or approved by SAMSUNG;

(g) defects or damage resulting from improper testing, operation, maintenance, installation, service, or adjustment not furnished or approved by SAMSUNG; (h) defects or damage resulting from external causes such as collision with an object, fire, flooding, dirt, windstorm, lightning, earthquake, exposure to weather conditions, theft, blown fuse, or improper use of any electrical source; (i) defects or damage resulting from cellular signal reception or transmission, or viruses or other software problems introduced into the Product;

or (j) Product used or purchased outside the United States. This Limited Warranty covers Manufacturers Warranty 53 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 54 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM batteries only if battery capacity falls below 80%

of rated capacity or the battery leaks, and this Limited Warranty does not cover any battery if

(i) the battery has been charged by a battery charger not specified or approved by SAMSUNG for charging the battery; (ii) any of the seals on the battery are broken or show evidence of tampering; or (iii) the battery has been used in equipment other than the SAMSUNG phone for which it is specified. What are SAMSUNGs obligations?

During the applicable warranty period, provided the Product is returned in accordance with the terms of this Limited Warranty, SAMSUNG will repair or replace the Product, at SAMSUNGs sole option, without charge. SAMSUNG may, at SAMSUNGs sole option, use rebuilt, reconditioned, or new parts or components when repairing any Product, or may replace the Product with a rebuilt, reconditioned or new Product. Repaired/replaced cases, pouches and holsters will be warranted for a period of ninety

(90) days. All other repaired/replaced Products will be warranted for a period equal to the remainder of the original Limited Warranty on the original Product or for ninety (90) days, whichever is longer. All replaced Products, parts, components, boards and equipment shall become the property of SAMSUNG. Except to any extent expressly allowed by 54 Manufacturers Warranty DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 55 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM applicable law, transfer or assignment of this Limited Warranty is prohibited. What must you do to obtain warranty service?

To obtain service under this Limited Warranty, you must return the Product to an authorized phone service facility in an adequate container for shipping, accompanied by the sales receipt or comparable proof of sale showing the original date of purchase, the serial number of the Product and the sellers name and address. To obtain assistance on where to deliver the Product, please call SAMSUNG Customer Care at 1-888-987-4357. If SAMSUNG determines that any Product is not covered by this Limited Warranty, you must pay all parts, shipping, and labor charges for the repair or return of such Product. You should keep a separate backup copy of any contents of the Product before delivering the Product to SAMSUNG for warranty service, as some or all of the contents may be deleted or reformatted during the course of warranty service. What are the limits on SAMSUNGs liability?

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY SETS OUT THE FULL EXTENT OF SAMSUNGS RESPONSIBILITIES, AND THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY REGARDING THE PRODUCTS. Manufacturers Warranty 55 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 56 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. IN NO EVENT SHALL SAMSUNG BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES IN EXCESS OF THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT OR FOR, WITHOUT LIMITATION, COMMERCIAL LOSS OF ANY SORT; LOSS OF USE, TIME, DATA, REPUTATION, OPPORTUNITY, GOODWILL, PROFITS OR SAVINGS; INCONVENIENCE;

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES; OR DAMAGES ARISING FROM THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT. SOME STATES AND JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW LIMITATIONS ON HOW LONG AN IMPLIED WARRANTY LASTS, OR THE DISCLAIMER OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS AND DISCLAIMERS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. SAMSUNG MAKES NO WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, AS TO THE QUALITY, CAPABILITIES, OPERATIONS, PERFORMANCE OR SUITABILITY OF ANY THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE OR EQUIPMENT USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE PRODUCT, OR THE ABILITY TO INTEGRATE ANY SUCH SOFTWARE OR EQUIPMENT WITH THE PRODUCT, WHETHER SUCH 56 Manufacturers Warranty DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 57 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE OR EQUIPMENT IS INCLUDED WITH THE PRODUCT DISTRIBUTED BY SAMSUNG OR OTHERWISE. RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE QUALITY, CAPABILITIES, OPERATIONS, PERFORMANCE AND SUITABILITY OF ANY SUCH THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE OR EQUIPMENT RESTS SOLELY WITH THE USER AND THE DIRECT VENDOR, OWNER OR SUPPLIER OF SUCH THIRD-PARTY SOFTWARE OR EQUIPMENT. Nothing in the Product instructions or information shall be construed to create an express warranty of any kind with respect to the Products. No agent, employee, dealer, representative or reseller is authorized to modify or extend this Limited Warranty or to make binding representations or claims, whether in advertising, presentations or otherwise, on behalf of SAMSUNG regarding the Products or this Limited Warranty. This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights that vary from state to state. What is the procedure for resolving disputes?

ALL DISPUTES WITH SAMSUNG ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS LIMITED WARRANTY OR THE SALE, CONDITION OR PERFORMANCE OF THE PRODUCTS SHALL BE RESOLVED EXCLUSIVELY THROUGH Manufacturers Warranty 57 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 58 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM FINAL AND BINDING ARBITRATION, AND NOT BY A COURT OR JURY. Any such dispute shall not be combined or consolidated with a dispute involving any other persons or entitys Product or claim, and specifically, without limitation of the foregoing, shall not under any circumstances proceed as part of a class action. The arbitration shall be conducted before a single arbitrator, whose award may not exceed, in form or amount, the relief allowed by the applicable law. The arbitration shall be conducted according to the American Arbitration Association (AAA) Commercial Arbitration Rules applicable to consumer disputes. This arbitration provision is entered pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act. The laws of the State of Texas, without reference to its choice of laws principles, shall govern the interpretation of the Limited Warranty and all disputes that are subject to this arbitration provision. The arbitrator shall decide all issues of interpretation and application of this arbitration provision and the Limited Warranty. For any arbitration in which your total damage claims, exclusive of attorney fees and expert witness fees, are $5,000.00 or less (Small Claim), the arbitrator may, if you prevail, award your reasonable attorney fees, expert witness fees and costs as part of any award, but may not grant SAMSUNG its attorney fees, expert witness fees or costs unless it is determined that the claim was brought in bad faith. In a Small 58 Manufacturers Warranty DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 59 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Claim case, you shall be required to pay no more than half of the total administrative, facility and arbitrator fees, or $50.00 of such fees, whichever is less, and SAMSUNG shall pay the remainder of such fees. Administrative, facility and arbitrator fees for arbitrations in which your total damage claims, exclusive of attorney fees and expert witness fees, exceed $5,000.00

(Large Claim) shall be determined according to AAA rules. In a Large Claim case, the arbitrator may grant to the prevailing party, or apportion among the parties, reasonable attorney fees, expert witness fees and costs. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators award in any court of competent jurisdiction. This arbitration provision also applies to claims against SAMSUNGs employees, representatives and affiliates if any such claim arises from the Products sale, condition or performance. You may opt out of this dispute resolution procedure by providing notice to SAMSUNG no later than 30 calendar days from the date of the first consumer purchasers purchase of the Product. To opt out, you must send notice by e-mail to optout@sta.samsung.com, with the subject line: Arbitration Opt Out. You must include in the opt out e-mail (a) your name and address; (b) the date on which the Product was purchased; (c) the Product Manufacturers Warranty 59 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 60 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM model name or model number; and (d) the IMEI or MEID or Serial Number, as applicable, if you have it (the IMEI or MEID or Serial Number can be found (i) on the Product box; (ii) on the Product information screen, which can be found under Settings; (iii) on a label on the back of the Product beneath the battery, if the battery is removable; and (iv) on the outside of the Product if the battery is not removable). Alternatively, you may opt out by calling 1-888-987-4357 no later than 30 calendar days from the date of the first consumer purchasers purchase of the Product and providing the same information. These are the only two forms of notice that will be effective to opt out of this dispute resolution procedure. Opting out of this dispute resolution procedure will not affect the coverage of the Limited Warranty in any way, and you will continue to enjoy the benefits of the Limited Warranty. Severability If any portion of this Limited Warranty is held to be illegal or unenforceable, such partial illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the enforceability of the remainder of the Limited Warranty. Precautions for Transfer and Disposal If data stored on this device is deleted or reformatted using the standard methods, the 60 Manufacturers Warranty DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 61 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM data only appears to be removed on a superficial level, and it may be possible for someone to retrieve and reuse the data by means of special software. To avoid unintended information leaks and other problems of this sort, it is recommended that the device be returned to Samsungs Customer Care Center for an Extended File System (EFS) Clear which will eliminate all user memory and return all settings to default settings. Please contact the Samsung Customer Care Center for details. Important! Please provide warranty information

(proof of purchase) to Samsungs Customer Care Center in order to provide this service at no charge. If the warranty has expired on the device, charges may apply. Samsung Telecommunications America, LLC 1301 E. Lookout Drive Richardson, Texas 75082 Phone: 1-800-SAMSUNG Phone: 1-888-987-HELP (4357) No reproduction in whole or in part allowed without prior written approval. Specifications and availability subject to change without notice. [111611]

Manufacturers Warranty 61 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 62 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM End User License Agreement for Software IMPORTANT. READ CAREFULLY: This End User License Agreement ("EULA") is a legal agreement between you (either an individual or a single entity) and Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. ("Samsung") for software, owned by Samsung and its affiliated companies and its third party suppliers and licensors, that accompanies this EULA, which includes computer software and may include associated media, printed materials, "online" or electronic documentation in connection with your use of this device ("Software"). This device requires the use of preloaded software in its normal operation. BY USING THE DEVICE OR ITS PRELOADED SOFTWARE, YOU ACCEPT THE TERMS OF THIS EULA. IF YOU DO NOT ACCEPT THESE TERMS, DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR THE SOFTWARE. 1. GRANT OF LICENSE. Samsung grants you the following rights provided that you comply with all terms and conditions of this EULA: You may install, use, access, display and run one copy of the Software on the local hard disk(s) or other permanent storage media of one computer and use the Software on a single computer or a mobile device at a time, and you may not make the Software available over a network where it could be used by multiple computers at the same time. You may make one copy of the Software in machine readable 62 Manufacturers Warranty DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 63 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM form for backup purposes only; provided that the backup copy must include all copyright or other proprietary notices contained on the original. Certain items of the Software may be subject to open source licenses. The open source license provisions may override some of the terms of this EULA. We make the applicable open source licenses available to you on the Legal Notices section of the Settings menu of your device. 2. RESERVATION OF RIGHTS AND OWNERSHIP. Samsung reserves all rights not expressly granted to you in this EULA. The Software is protected by copyright and other intellectual property laws and treaties. Samsung or its suppliers own the title, copyright and other intellectual property rights in the Software. The Software is licensed, not sold. 3. LIMITATIONS ON END USER RIGHTS. You may not reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, or otherwise attempt to discover the source code or algorithms of, the Software

(except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law not withstanding this limitation), or modify, or disable any features of, the Software, or create derivative works based on the Software. You may not rent, lease, lend, sublicense or provide commercial hosting services with the Software. Manufacturers Warranty 63 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 64 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM 4. CONSENT TO USE OF DATA. You agree that Samsung and its affiliates may collect and use technical information gathered as part of the product support services related to the Software provided to you, if any, such as IMEI

(your devices unique identification number), device number, model name, customer code, access recording, your devices current SW version, MCC (Mobile Country Code), MNC

(Mobile Network Code). Samsung and its affiliates may use this information solely to improve their products or to provide customized services or technologies to you and will not disclose this information in a form that personally identifies you. At all times your information will be treated in accordance with Samsungs Privacy Policy, which can be viewed at:

http://account.samsung.com/membership/

pp. 5. SOFTWARE UPDATES. Samsung may provide to you or make available to you updates, upgrades, supplements and add-on components (if any) of the Software, including bug fixes, service upgrades (parts or whole), products or devices, and updates and enhancements to any software previously installed (including entirely new versions),

(collectively Update) after the date you obtain your initial copy of the Software to improve the Software and ultimately enhance your user experience with your device. This EULA applies 64 Manufacturers Warranty DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 65 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM to all and any component of the Update that Samsung may provide to you or make available to you after the date you obtain your initial copy of the Software, unless we provide other terms along with such Update. To use Software provided through Update, you must first be licensed for the Software identified by Samsung as eligible for the Update. After the Update, you may no longer use the Software that formed the basis for your Update eligibility. The updated Software version may add new functions and, in some limited cases, may delete existing functions. While the Update will be generally available, in some limited circumstances, the Software updates will only be offered by your network carrier, and such Software updates will be governed by your contractual relationship with your network carrier. With the Automatic Update function enabled

(as in the default setting in the System Update menu in the Setting), your device downloads some Updates automatically from time to time. Your device will, however, ask for your consent before installing any Update If you choose to disable the Automatic Update function, then you can check the availability of new Updates by clicking on the Check Update menu in the Setting. We recommend that you check availability of any new Updates periodically for optimal use of your device. If you want to avoid any use of network data for the Update Manufacturers Warranty 65 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 66 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM downloads, then you should choose the Wi-Fi Only option in the Setting. (Regardless of the option you choose, the Automatic Update function downloads Updates only through Wi-Fi connection.) 6. Some features of the Software may require your device to have access to the internet and may be subject to restrictions imposed by your network or internet provider. Unless your device is connected to the internet through Wi-Fi connection, the Software will access through your mobile network, which may result in additional charges depending on your payment plan. In addition, your enjoyment of some features of the Software may be affected by the suitability and performance of your device hardware or data access. 7. SOFTWARE TRANSFER. You may not transfer this EULA or the rights to the Software granted herein to any third party unless it is in connection with the sale of the mobile device which the Software accompanied. In such event, the transfer must include all of the Software (including all component parts, the media and printed materials, any upgrades, this EULA) and you may not retain any copies of the Software. The transfer may not be an indirect transfer, such as a consignment. Prior to the transfer, the end user receiving the Software must agree to all the EULA terms. 66 Manufacturers Warranty DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 67 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM 8. EXPORT RESTRICTIONS. You acknowledge that the Software is subject to export restrictions of various countries. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the Software, including all the applicable export restriction laws and regulations. 9. TERMINATION. This EULA is effective until terminated. Your rights under this License will terminate automatically without notice from Samsung if you fail to comply with any of the terms and conditions of this EULA. Upon termination of this EULA, you must cease all use of the Software and destroy all copies, full or partial, of the Software. 10. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY. UNLESS SEPARATELY STATED IN A WRITTEN EXPRESS LIMITED WARRANTY ACCOMPANYING YOUR DEVICE, ALL SOFTWARE PROVIDED BY SAMSUNG WITH THIS MOBILE DEVICE (WHETHER INCLUDED WITH THE DEVICE, DOWNLOADED, OR OTHERWISE OBTAINED) IS PROVIDED "AS IS"

AND ON AN "AS AVAILABLE" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND FROM SAMSUNG, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT POSSIBLE PURSUANT TO APPLICABLE LAW, SAMSUNG DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF Manufacturers Warranty 67 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 68 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY OR WORKMANLIKE EFFORT, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, RELIABILITY OR AVAILABILITY, ACCURACY, LACK OF VIRUSES, QUIET ENJOYMENT, NON INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR OTHER VIOLATION OF RIGHTS. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW EXCLUSIONS OR LIMITATIONS OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES, SO THE ABOVE EXCLUSIONS OR LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. NO ADVICE OR INFORMATION, WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, OBTAINED BY YOU FROM SAMSUNG OR ITS AFFILIATES SHALL BE DEEMED TO ALTER THIS DISCLAIMER BY SAMSUNG OF WARRANTY REGARDING THE SOFTWARE, OR TO CREATE ANY WARRANTY OF ANY SORT FROM SAMSUNG. 11. THIRD-PARTY APPLICATIONS. Certain third party applications may be included with, or downloaded to this mobile device. Samsung makes no representations whatsoever about any of these applications. Since Samsung has no control over such applications, you acknowledge and agree that Samsung is not responsible for the availability of such applications and is not responsible or liable for any content, advertising, products, services, or other materials on or available from such applications. You expressly acknowledge and agree that use of third party applications is at 68 Manufacturers Warranty DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 69 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM your sole risk and that the entire risk of unsatisfactory quality, performance, accuracy and effort is with you. It is up to you to take precautions to ensure that whatever you select to use is free of such items as viruses, worms, Trojan horses, and other items of a destructive nature. References on this mobile device to any names, marks, products, or services of any third-parties are provided solely as a convenience to you, and do not constitute or imply an endorsement, sponsorship, or recommendation of, or affiliation with the third party or its products and services. You agree that Samsung shall not be responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for any damage or loss, including but not limited to any damage to the mobile device or loss of data, caused or alleged to be caused by, or in connection with, use of or reliance on any such third party content, products, or services available on or through any such application. You acknowledge and agree that the use of any third-party application is governed by such third party application provider's Terms of Use, License Agreement, Privacy Policy, or other such agreement and that any information or personal data you provide, whether knowingly or unknowingly, to such third-party application provider, will be subject to such third party application provider's privacy policy, if such a policy exists. SAMSUNG DISCLAIMS ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY DISCLOSURE OF Manufacturers Warranty 69 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 70 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM INFORMATION OR ANY OTHER PRACTICES OF ANY THIRD PARTY APPLICATION PROVIDER. SAMSUNG EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY REGARDING WHETHER YOUR PERSONAL INFORMATION IS CAPTURED BY ANY THIRD PARTY APPLICATION PROVIDER OR THE USE TO WHICH SUCH PERSONAL INFORMATION MAY BE PUT BY SUCH THIRD PARTY APPLICATION PROVIDER. 12. SAMSUNG APPLICATIONS. Certain Samsung applications and services may be included with, or downloaded to, this mobile device. Many of them require Samsung Services membership registration (Samsung Account), and your rights and obligations will be set forth in separate Samsung Account terms and conditions and privacy policies. There are non-Samsung Account applications and services that require your consent to their separate terms and conditions and privacy policies. You expressly acknowledge and agree that your use of such applications and services will be subject to the applicable terms and conditions and privacy policies. 13. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. SAMSUNG WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES OF ANY KIND ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE USE OR THE INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE OR ANY THIRD PARTY APPLICATION, ITS CONTENT OR FUNCTIONALITY, INCLUDING BUT NOT 70 Manufacturers Warranty DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 71 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM LIMITED TO DAMAGES CAUSED BY OR RELATED TO ERRORS, OMISSIONS, INTERRUPTIONS, DEFECTS, DELAY IN OPERATION OR TRANSMISSION, COMPUTER VIRUS, FAILURE TO CONNECT, NETWORK CHARGES, IN-APP PURCHASES, AND ALL OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES EVEN IF SAMSUNG HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE EXCLUSIONS OR LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, SAMSUNG ELECTRONIC CO.'S TOTAL LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ALL LOSSES, DAMAGES, CAUSES OF ACTION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THOSE BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR THIRD PARTY APPLICATIONS ON THIS MOBILE DEVICE, OR ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS EULA, SHALL NOT EXCEED THE AMOUNT PURCHASER PAID SPECIFICALLY FOR THIS MOBILE DEVICE OR ANY SUCH THIRD PARTY APPLICATION THAT WAS INCLUDED WITH THIS MOBILE DEVICE. THE FOREGOING LIMITATIONS, EXCLUSIONS, AND DISCLAIMERS (INCLUDING SECTIONS 10, 11, 12 AND 13) SHALL APPLY TO THE Manufacturers Warranty 71 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 72 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. 14. U.S. GOVERNMENT END USERS RESTRICTED RIGHTS. The Software is licensed only with "restricted rights" and as

"commercial items" consisting of "commercial software" and "commercial software documentation" with only those rights as are granted to all other end users pursuant to the terms and conditions herein. All Products are provided only with "restricted rights" with only those rights as are granted to all other end users pursuant to the terms and conditions herein. All Software and Products are provided subject to Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 52.227.19. 15. APPLICABLE LAW. This EULA is governed by the laws of the jurisdiction where you are a resident or, if a resident of the United States, by the laws of the state of Texas, without regard to its conflict of law provisions. This EULA shall not be governed by the UN Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, the application of which is expressly excluded. 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION.

(a) Non-United States residents. If a dispute, controversy or difference arising in any way from this EULA or your use of the Software is not amicably settled, it shall be subject to the 72 Manufacturers Warranty DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 73 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the jurisdiction where you are a resident. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Samsung may apply for injunctive remedies (or an equivalent type of urgent legal relief) in any jurisdiction.

(b) United States residents. ALL DISPUTES WITH SAMSUNG ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS EULA OR YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE SHALL BE RESOLVED EXCLUSIVELY THROUGH FINAL AND BINDING ARBITRATION, AND NOT BY A COURT OR JURY. Any such dispute shall not be combined or consolidated with any other persons or entitys claim or dispute, and specifically, without limitation of the foregoing, shall not under any circumstances proceed as part of a class action. The arbitration shall be conducted before a single arbitrator, whose award may not exceed, in form or amount, the relief allowed by the applicable law. The arbitration shall be conducted according to the American Arbitration Association (AAA) Commercial Arbitration Rules applicable to consumer disputes. This arbitration provision is entered pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act. The laws of the State of Texas, without reference to its choice of laws principles, shall govern the interpretation of the EULA and all disputes that are subject to this arbitration provision. The arbitrator shall decide all issues of interpretation and application of this arbitration provision and the EULA. For any arbitration in which your total Manufacturers Warranty 73 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 74 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM damage claims, exclusive of attorney fees and expert witness fees, are $5,000.00 or less

("Small Claim"), the arbitrator may, if you prevail, award your reasonable attorney fees, expert witness fees and costs as part of any award, but may not grant Samsung its attorney fees, expert witness fees or costs unless it is determined that the claim was brought in bad faith. In a Small Claim case, you shall be required to pay no more than half of the total administrative, facility and arbitrator fees, or $50.00 of such fees, whichever is less, and Samsung shall pay the remainder of such fees. Administrative, facility and arbitrator fees for arbitrations in which your total damage claims, exclusive of attorney fees and expert witness fees, exceed $5,000.00

("Large Claim") shall be determined according to AAA rules. In a Large Claim case, the arbitrator may grant to the prevailing party, or apportion among the parties, reasonable attorney fees, expert witness fees and costs. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator's award in any court of competent jurisdiction. This arbitration provision also applies to claims against Samsungs employees, representatives and affiliates if any such claim arises from the licensing or use of the Software. You may opt out of this dispute resolution procedure by providing notice to Samsung no later than 30 calendar days from the date of the first consumer purchasers purchase of this device. To opt out, you must send notice by e-mail to 74 Manufacturers Warranty DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 75 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM optout@sta.samsung.com, with the subject line:

"Arbitration Opt Out." You must include in the opt out e-mail (a) your name and address; (b) the date on which the device was purchased;

(c) the device model name or model number;

and (d) the IMEI or MEID or Serial Number, as applicable, if you have it (the IMEI or MEID or Serial Number can be found (i) on the device box; (ii) on the device information screen, which can be found under "Settings;" (iii) on a label on the back of the device beneath the battery, if the battery is removable; and (iv) on the outside of the device if the battery is not removable). Alternatively, you may opt out by calling 1-888-987-4357 no later than 30 calendar days from the date of the first consumer purchaser's purchase of the device and providing the same information. These are the only two forms of notice that will be effective to opt out of this dispute resolution procedure. Opting out of this dispute resolution procedure will not affect your use of the device or its preloaded Software, and you will continue to enjoy the benefits of this license. 17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; SEVERABILITY. This EULA is the entire agreement between you and Samsung relating to the Software and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or written communications, proposals and representations with respect to the Software or any other subject matter covered by this EULA. If any provision of this EULA is held to be void, Manufacturers Warranty 75 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 76 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM invalid, unenforceable or illegal, the other provisions shall continue in full force and effect.

[050113]

76 Manufacturers Warranty DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 77 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM General Terms and Conditions of Service Please note that these terms may not be the most current version. A current version of the terms is available at our website at sprint.com/termsandconditions or upon request. Para solicitar esta literatura en espaol, por favor contactar a 1-800-777-4681 o visitar a sprint.com/espanol. Basic Definitions In this documeFnt: (1) we, us, our, and Sprint mean Sprint Solutions, Inc., as contracting agent on behalf of the applicable Sprint affiliated entities providing the products and Services; (2) you, your, customer, and user mean an account holder with us or any user of our Devices or Services; (3) Device means any phone, aircard, mobile broadband device, any other device, accessory, or other product that we provide you, we sell to you, or is active on your account with us; and (4) Service means Sprint-branded offers, rate plans, options, wireless services, billing services, applications, programs, products, software, or Devices on your account with us. Service(s) v.7-1-13 General Terms and Conditions of Service 77 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 78 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM also includes any other product or service that we offer or provide to you that references these General Terms and Conditions of Service

(Ts&Cs). The Service Agreement These Ts&Cs are part of your service agreement with us (the Agreement) and constitute a contract under which we provide you Services under terms and conditions that you accept. THIS AGREEMENT CONTAINS A MANDATORY ARBITRATION PROVISION WITH A CLASS WAIVER, A REPRESENTATIVE ACTION WAIVER, AND A JURY WAIVER PROVISION. In addition to these Ts&Cs, there are several parts of the Agreement, which includes but is not limited to the following: (i) the subscriber agreement and transaction materials that you receive and accept; (ii) the plan(s) that you chose as set forth in our written services and transaction materials that we provide or refer you to during the sales transaction, including on-line and telephone transactions (if your service plan is not specifically set forth in any in-store brochure or printed materials, the requirements and terms set forth in the current written Agreement and transaction materials apply); (iii) any confirmation materials and invoices that we may provide to you; and (iv) the terms set forth in the coverage map brochures. It is important 78 General Terms and Conditions of Service v.7-1-13 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 79 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM that you carefully read all of the terms of the Agreement. Additional Terms Additional terms will apply when you use certain applications, programs, Devices, and services, and these terms will be provided to you prior to your use of the items. Depending on who provides the items, the terms may come from Sprint or a third party. You are subject to any terms provided by the third party, and the terms are directly between you and that third party. Sprint is not responsible for these third-party items and associated terms. Additional terms will also apply if you activate Services as part of a bundle with another companys services (for example, cable services, home phone services, etc.). The additional terms for bundled Services may either modify or replace certain provisions in these Ts&Cs, including terms relating to activation, invoicing, payment, and disputing charges. Also, a different dispute resolution provision may apply to services provided by another company (the dispute resolution provisions in this Agreement will still apply to our Services). You will be provided details on any additional terms with your selection of any bundled Service. For employee and organization discounts, the discount percentage may vary from month-to-month based on the terms of the agreement between your employer, v.7-1-13 General Terms and Conditions of Service 79 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 80 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM association, or organization and Sprint. The discount will be zero after your agreement or your organizations agreement with Sprint ends. Additional terms and eligibility requirements regarding organization discounts will be provided to you. Our Policies Services are subject to our business policies, practices, and procedures (Policies). You agree to adhere to all of our Policies when you use our Services. Our Policies are subject to change at anytime with or without notice. When You Accept The Agreement You must have the legal capacity to accept the Agreement. You accept the Agreement when you do any of the following: (a) accept the Agreement through any printed, oral, or electronic statement, including on the Web by electronically marking that you have reviewed and accepted; (b) attempt to or in any way use the Services; (c) pay for the Services; or (d) open any package or start any program that says you are accepting the Agreement when doing so. If you dont want to accept the Agreement, dont do any of these things. 80 General Terms and Conditions of Service v.7-1-13 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 81 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Term Commitments & Early Termination Fees Sprint provides a variety of Services, some of which require you to maintain Your Services on a month to month basis or for a minimum term, usually 1 or 2 years (Term Commitment). If your Agreement contains a Term Commitment, you will be charged a fee (Early Termination Fee) for each line of Service that you terminate early (i.e., prior to satisfying the Term Commitment) or for each line of Service that we terminate early for good reason (for example, violating the payment or other terms of the Agreement) but such Early Termination Fee will be prorated based on your remaining Term Commitment. Early Termination Fees are a part of our rates. Any Term Commitment, the length of the Term Commitment, and the applicable Early Termination Fee amounts and proration will be disclosed to you during the sales transaction. Carefully review any Term Commitment and Early Termination Fee requirements prior to selecting Services. After you have satisfied your Term Commitment, your Services continue on a month-to-month basis under the then-

current Terms and Conditions and Service policies. Services offered on a subscription basis, as described in the Account & Service Charges section, may not require a Term Commitment and may not automatically renew. v.7-1-13 General Terms and Conditions of Service 81 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 82 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM As explained directly below, there are instances when you will not be responsible for an Early Termination Fee for terminating Services early. When You Dont Have To Pay An Early Termination Fee You arent responsible for paying an Early Termination Fee when terminating Services: (a) provided on a month-to-month basis; (b) provided on a subscription basis that do not include a Term Commitment; (c) consistent with our published trial period return policy; or (d) in response to a materially adverse change that we make to the Agreement as described directly below. Our Right To Change The Agreement &

Your Related Rights We may change any part of the Agreement at any time, including, but not limited to, rates, charges, how we calculate charges, discounts, coverage, technologies used to provide services, or your terms of Service. If you lose your eligibility for a particular rate plan or if a particular rate plan is no longer supported or available, we may change your rate plan to one for which you qualify. We will provide you notice of material changesand we may provide you notice of non-material changesin a manner consistent with this Agreement

(see Providing Notice To Each Other 82 General Terms and Conditions of Service v.7-1-13 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 83 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Under The Agreement section). If a change we make to the Agreement is material and has a material adverse effect on Services under your Term Commitment, you may terminate each line of Service materially adversely affected without incurring an Early Termination Fee only if:

(a) you call us within 30 days after the effective date of the change; (b) you specifically advise us that you wish to cancel Services because of a material change to the Agreement that we have made; and (c) we fail to negate the change after you notify us of your objection to it. If you do not notify us and cancel Service within 30 days of the change, an Early Termination Fee will apply if you terminate Services before the end of any applicable Term Commitment. Our Right To Suspend Or Terminate Services We can, without notice, suspend or terminate any Service at any time for any reason. For example, we can suspend or terminate any Service for the following: (a) late payment; (b) exceeding an Account Spending Limit; (c) harassing/threatening/abusing/

offending our employees or agents; (d) providing false or inaccurate information; (e) interfering with our operations; (f) using/

suspicion of using Services in any manner restricted by or inconsistent with the Agreement v.7-1-13 General Terms and Conditions of Service 83 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 84 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM and Policies; (g) breaching, failing to follow, or abusing the Agreement or Policies; (h) providing false, inaccurate, dated, or unverifiable identification or credit information or becoming insolvent or bankrupt; (i) modifying a Device from its manufacturer specifications (for example, rooting the device); (j) failing to use our Services for an extended period of time; (k) failing to maintain an active Device in connection with our Services; or (l) if we believe the action protects our interests, any customers interests, or our networks. Your Right To Change Services & When Changes Are Effective The account holder can typically change Services upon request. In some instances, changes may be conditioned on payment of an Early Termination Fee or certain other charges, or they may require a new Term Commitment. Changes to Services are usually effective at the start of the next full invoicing cycle. If the changes take place sooner, your invoice may reflect pro-rated charges for your old and new Services. We may, but are not obligated to, provide you the opportunity to authorize someone else to make changes to your Services, which will include the authority to make changes that will extend your Term 84 General Terms and Conditions of Service v.7-1-13 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 85 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Commitment. You are responsible for any changes to your Services made by a person you authorize, and those changes will be treated as modifications to this Agreement. Your Right To Terminate Services You can terminate Services at any time by calling us and requesting that we deactivate all Services. In addition, if you return or provide your Device to Sprint and fail to either deactivate service on the Device or activate another Device in connection with your Service, we reserve the right to terminate your Service, and if you are subject to a Term Commitment, you may be charged all or part of an Early Termination Fee. You are responsible for all charges billed or incurred prior to deactivation. If Services are terminated before the end of your invoicing cycle, we wont prorate charges to the date of termination and you wont receive a credit or refund for any unused Services. Except as provided above, if you are subject to an Early Termination Fee, you must also pay the invoiced Early Termination Fee for each line of Service that you terminate early. Credit Checks & Credit Information We agree to provide you Services on the condition that you have and maintain satisfactory credit according to our standards and policies. You agree to provide information v.7-1-13 General Terms and Conditions of Service 85 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 86 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM that we may request or complete any applications that we may provide you to facilitate our review. We rely on the credit information you furnish, credit bureau reports or other data available from commercial credit reference services, and other information (such as payment history with us) to determine whether to provide or continue to provide you Services. The Services we offer you can vary based on your credit history. We may at any time, based on your credit history, withdraw or change Services or place limits or conditions on the use of our Services. You agree to provide us updated credit information upon request. We may provide your payment history and other account billing/charge information to any credit reporting agency or industry clearinghouse. Account Spending Limits (ASL) An ASL is a temporary or permanent limit

(typically based on credit history, payment history, or to prevent fraud) that we place on the amount of unpaid charges you can accumulate on your account, regardless of when payment on those charges is due. We reserve the right to determine which charges count toward an ASL. If you have an ASL, we may suspend your Services without prior notice if your account balance reaches the ASL, even if your account is not past due. We may impose or increase an ASL at any time with notice. An ASL is for our 86 General Terms and Conditions of Service v.7-1-13 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 87 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM benefit only and should not be relied on by you to manage usage. Deposits & Returning Deposits We may at any time require a deposit as a guarantee of payment for you to establish or maintain Service (Deposit). By providing us a Deposit, you grant us a security interest for all current or future amounts owed to us. We may change the Deposit at any time with notice. You cant use a Deposit to make or delay payments. The Deposit, the length of time we hold the Deposit, and changes to the Deposit are determined based on your credit history, payment history, and other factors. Unless prohibited by law, we may mix Deposits with our other funds and it wont earn interest, and we reserve the right to return the Deposit as a credit on your invoice at anytime. If your Services are terminated for any reason, we may keep and apply your Deposit to any outstanding charges. Well send any remaining portion of the Deposit to your last known address within 90 days after your final invoiceif it is returned to us, we will forward it on to the appropriate state authorities to the extent required by law. Restrictions On Using Services You cant use our Services: (a) in a way that could cause damage or adversely affect any of our other customers or our reputation, networks, v.7-1-13 General Terms and Conditions of Service 87 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 88 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM property, or Services; or (b) in any way prohibited by the terms of our Services, the Agreement, or our Policies. You cannot in any manner resell the Services to another party. For additional restrictions on the use of our Services, see our Acceptable Use Policy and Visitors Agreement, which are available on our website, and the detailed plan or other information on Services that we provide or refer you to during the sales transaction. Your Device, Number & Email Address We dont manufacture any Device that we might sell to you or that is associated with our Services, and we arent responsible for any defects, acts, or omissions of the manufacturer. The only warranties on your Device are the limited warranties given to you by the manufacturer directly or that we pass through. Device performance may vary based on device specifications (for example, a devices software, memory, and storage), and device performance may impact access to all of our Services. Your Device is designed to be activated on our networks and in other coverage areas that we may make available to you. As programmed, it will not accept wireless service from another carrier. Except for any legal right you may have to port/transfer your phone number to another carrier, you have noand cannot gain any (for example, through publication, use, etc.) 88 General Terms and Conditions of Service v.7-1-13 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 89 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM proprietary, ownership, or other rights to any phone number, identification number, email address, or other identifier that we assign to you, your Device, or your account. Well notify you if we decide to change or reassign them. Your CDMA Sprint PCS phone may have software programming lock that protects certain of the handsets operating parameters against unauthorized reprogramming. If your device has a software programming lock, and you wish to obtain the software program lock code for your CDMA Sprint PCS phone, please visit sprint.com or call 1-888-211-4727 for information and eligibility requirements. Porting/Transferring Phone Numbers We dont guarantee that number transfers to or from us will be successful. If you authorize another carrier to transfer a number away from us, then that is considered a request by you to us to terminate all of the Services associated with that number. Youre responsible for all charges billed or incurred prior to deactivation and for any applicable Early Termination Fees. Coverage; Where Your Device Will Work;

Service Speeds Our coverage maps are available at our authorized retail locations and on sprint.com. The specific network coverage you get will v.7-1-13 General Terms and Conditions of Service 89 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 90 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM depend on the radio transmissions your Device can pick up and Services youve chosen. Our coverage maps provide high level estimates of our coverage areas when using Services outdoors under optimal conditions. Coverage isnt available everywhere. Coverage and Service speeds are not guaranteed. Coverage is subject to change without notice. Service speeds may depend on the Service purchased. Actual speeds will vary. Estimating wireless coverage, signal strength, and Service speed is not an exact science. There are gaps in coverage within our estimated coverage areas that-along with other factors both within and beyond our control (for example, network problems, network or Internet congestion, software, signal strength, your Device, structures, buildings, weather, geography, topography, server speeds of the websites you access, actions of third parties, etc.)-

may result in dropped and blocked connections, slower Service speeds, or otherwise impact the quality of Service. Services that rely on location information, such as E911 and GPS navigation, depend on your Devices ability to acquire satellite signals (typically not available indoors) and network coverage. While your Device is receiving a software update, you may be 90 General Terms and Conditions of Service v.7-1-13 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 91 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM unable to use your Device in any manner until the software update is complete. Roaming The term roaming typically refers to coverage on another carriers network that we may make available to you based on our agreements with other carriers. These agreements may change from time to time, and roaming coverage is subject to change without notice. Your ability to receive roaming coverage depends on the radio transmissions your Device can pick up and the availability of roaming coverage. We make no guarantee that roaming coverage will be available. Roaming coverage may exist both within and outside our network coverage areas. Your Device will generally indicate when youre roaming. Depending on your Services, separate charges or limits on the amount of minutes used while roaming may apply. Certain Services may not be available or work the same when roaming (for example, data Services, voicemail, call waiting, etc.). For information on whether roaming applies, see your service plan details. About Data Services & Content Our data Services and your Device may allow you to access the Internet, text, pictures, video, games, graphics, music, email, applications, sound, and other materials (Data Content) or send Data Content elsewhere. Some Data v.7-1-13 General Terms and Conditions of Service 91 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 92 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Content is available from us or our vendors, while other Data Content can be accessed from others (for example, third party websites, games, ringers, applications, etc.). We make absolutely no guarantees about the Data Content that you access on your Device. Data Content may be: (1) unsuitable for children/minors; (2) unreliable or inaccurate; or (3) offensive, indecent, or objectionable. Youre solely responsible for evaluating the Data Content accessed by you or anyone through your Services. We strongly recommend that you monitor data usage by children/minors. Data Content from third parties may also harm your Device or its software. We are not responsible for any Data Content. We are not responsible for any damage caused by any Data Content that you access through your Services, that you load on your Device, or that you request that our representatives access or load on your Device. To protect our networks and Services or for other reasons, we may place restrictions on accessing certain Data Content (such as certain websites, applications, etc.); impose separate charges; limit throughput or the amount of data that you can transfer; or otherwise limit or terminate Services. If we provide you storage for Data Content that you have purchased, then we may delete the Data Content without notice or place restrictions/limits on the use of storage areas. Data Content stored on a Device, 92 General Terms and Conditions of Service v.7-1-13 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 93 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM transmitted over our networks, or stored by Sprint may be deleted, modified, or damaged. You may not be able to make or receive voice calls while using data Services. Data Content provided by our vendors or third parties is subject to cancellation or termination at any time without notice to you, and you may not receive a refund for any unused portion of the Data Content. Specific Terms & Restrictions On Using Data Services In addition to the rules for using all of our other Services, unless we identify the Service or Device that you have selected as specifically intended for that purpose (for example, wireless routers, Data Link, etc.), you cant use our data Services: (1) with server devices or host computer applications or other systems that drive continuous, heavy traffic or data sessions;

(2) as a substitute or backup for private lines or frame relay connections; or (3) for any other unintended use as we determine in our sole discretion. We reserve the right to limit, suspend, or constrain any heavy, continuous data usage that adversely impacts our networks performance or hinders access to our networks. If your Services include Web or data access, you also cant use your Device as a modem for computers or other equipment, unless we identify the Service or Device you have selected as specifically intended for that v.7-1-13 General Terms and Conditions of Service 93 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 94 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM purpose (for example, with phone as modem plans, Sprint Mobile Broadband card plans, wireless router plans, etc.). Software License If Sprint provides you software as part of the Service and there are not software license terms provided with the software (by Sprint or by a third party), then Sprint grants you a limited, revocable, non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use the software to access the Services for your own individual use. You will not sell, resell, transfer, copy, translate, publish, create derivative works of, make any commercial use of, modify, reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble the software. Sprint may revoke this license at any time. Fees, Activation & Miscellaneous Charges Based on our Policies, we may charge activation, prepayment, reactivation, program, or other fees to establish, change, or maintain Services. Certain transactions may also be subject to a charge (for example, convenience payment, changing phone numbers, handset upgrades, etc.). You will be provided notice of these types of fees before we complete the requested transaction. 94 General Terms and Conditions of Service v.7-1-13 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 95 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Account & Service Charges You are responsible for all charges associated with your account and the Services on your account, no matter who adds or uses the Services. Charges include, but are not limited to, the monthly recurring charges, usage charges, charges for additional services, taxes, surcharges, and fees associated with your Services. These charges are described or referred to during the sales transaction, in our marketing materials, and in confirmation materials that we may send to you. Depending on your Services, charges for additional services may include operator and directory assistance, voicemail, call forwarding, data calls, texts, and Web access. If you (the account holder) allow end users to access or use your Devices, you authorize end users to access, download, and use Services. You may have the opportunity to purchase Services on a subscription basis where we assess subscription charges that allow you access to the Services and/or provide you a certain amount of use of the Services for a defined period of time. Depending on your Service, certain types of subscription charges may be assessed automatically upon activation and automatically assessed for subsequent subscription periods. Subscription Services offered on a recurring basis do not end until terminated by you or us. Subscription charges for recurring Services occur at the beginning of v.7-1-13 General Terms and Conditions of Service 95 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 96 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM each bill cycle. Information regarding your bill cycle for subscription Services will be provided when you order the Services. For Services offered on a per-day basis, you will generally be charged for use before or at the time of use. In certain instances, we may charge you at some point after you use the Services. Unless otherwise disclosed, Services offered on a per-

day basis end 24 hours after Service is initiated. How We Calculate Your Charges For Billing Purposes Regular Voice Calls: We round up partial minutes of use to the next full minute. Time starts when you press Talk or your Device connects to the network and stops when you press End or the network connection otherwise breaks. Youre charged for all calls that connect, even to answering machines, voicemail, or voice transcription services. You wont be charged for unanswered calls or if you get a busy signal. For incoming calls answered, youre charged from the time shortly before the Device starts ringing until you press End or the network connection otherwise breaks. If charges vary depending on the time of day that you place or receive calls (for example, Nights and Weekend plans), youre charged for the entire call based on the rate that applies to the time period in which the call starts. Call time for a single call may be subject to a maximum duration and may be automatically terminated if 96 General Terms and Conditions of Service v.7-1-13 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 97 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM the maximum duration is exceeded. Rates that vary based on the time of access will be determined based on the location of the network equipment providing service and not the location of your Device or your Devices area code (if applicable). Push-to-Talk Charges: Charges for push-to-

talk calls are billed to the person who starts the call and calculated by multiplying the duration of the call by the applicable rate and number of participants. Youre charged at least 6 seconds of airtime for each call you start; subsequent communications in the same call are rounded up to and billed to the next second. Time begins when you press any button to start a push-to-talk call and ends approximately 6 seconds after completion of a communication to which no participant responds. Subsequent push-to-talk communications are considered new calls. Charges apply for the entire period of time the push-to-talk call is connected to our network. Depending on your plan, nationwide, international, or group push-to-talk calls may use the local push-to-talk minutes in your plan and result in additional or different charges. Responses to call alert transmissions are treated as new push-to-talk transmissions even when responding within 6 seconds of receiving the alert. Push-to-talk billing methods are subject to change as we introduce new push-

to-talk Services. v.7-1-13 General Terms and Conditions of Service 97 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 98 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Data Usage: Unless we specifically tell you otherwise, data usage is measured in bytes, kilobytes, megabytes, and gigabytesnot in minutes/time. 1024 bytes equals 1 kilobyte

(KB), 1024 KB equals 1 megabyte, and 1024 megabytes equals 1 gigabyte. Bytes are rounded up to KB, so you will be charged at least 1 KB for each data usage session (data session). Rounding occurs at the end of each data session, and sometimes during a data session. Depending on your data Services, usage may be charged against an allowance or on a fixed price per KB, and you may be subject to limitations on the amount of data usage. If you are charged on a fixed price per KB, any fractional cents will be rounded up to the next cent. You are charged for all data directed to your Devices Internet address, including data sessions you did not initiate and for incomplete transfers. As long as your Device is connected to our data networks, you may incur data charges. Examples of data for which you will be charged includes the size of a requested file or Data Content (game, ringer, etc.); Web page graphics (logos, pictures, banners, advertisement, etc.); additional data used in accessing, transporting, and routing the file on our network; data from partial or interrupted downloads; re-sent data; and data associated with unsuccessful attempts to reach websites or use applications. These data charges are in addition to any charges for the 98 General Terms and Conditions of Service v.7-1-13 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 99 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Data Content itself (game, ringer, etc.). Data used and charged to you will vary widely, even between identical actions or data sessions. Estimates of data usagefor example, the size of downloadable filesare not reliable predictors of actual usage. Your bill wont separately list the number of KB attributed to a specific action/data session. Your Bill Your bill provides you notice of your charges. It reflects monthly recurring charges (usually billed one bill cycle in advance), fees, taxes, Surcharges, product and equipment charges, subscription charges, and usage/transaction specific charges (usually billed in the bill cycle in which theyre incurred). Some usage charges, such as those that depend on usage information from a third party, may be billed in subsequent bill cycles and result in higher than expected charges for that month. Bill cycles and dates may change from time to time. Your bill may also include other important notices

(for example, changes to your Agreement, to your Service, legal notices, etc.). Your paper bill may not include itemized billing detail. More specific billing information is available online. Paper bills may be subject to an additional charge. Unless prohibited by law, other charges (for example, data Services or taxes and surcharges) will not include itemized detail but will be listed as total charges for a v.7-1-13 General Terms and Conditions of Service 99 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 100 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM category. If you choose Internet billing, you will not receive paper bills. Your Payments; Late Fees Payment is due in full as stated on your bill. If we do not receive payment in full by the date specified on your bill, a late payment charge, which may be charged at the highest rate permissible by law, may be applied to the total unpaid balance. We may also charge you any costs we pay to a collection agency to collect unpaid balances from you. If we bill you for amounts on behalf of a third party, payments received are first applied to our charges. You may be charged additional fees for certain methods of payment. We may charge you, up to the highest amount permitted by law, for returned checks or other payments paid by you and denied for any reason by a financial institution. Acceptance of payments (even if marked paid in full) does not waive our right to collect all amounts that you owe us. We may restrict your payment methods to cashiers check, money order, or other similar secure form of payment at any time for good reason. Taxes & Government Fees You agree to pay all federal, state, and local taxes, fees, and other assessments that were required by law to collect and remit to the government on the Services that we provide to you. These charges may change from time to 100 General Terms and Conditions of Service v.7-1-13 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 101 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM time without advance notice. If youre claiming any tax exemption, you must provide us with a valid exemption certificate. Tax exemptions generally wont be applied retroactively. Surcharges You agree to pay all Sprint surcharges

(Surcharges), which may include, but are not limited to: Federal Universal Service; Regulatory and Administrative charges; gross receipts charges, and other charges. Surcharges are not taxes, and we are not required by law to assess them. They are part of our rates we choose, at our discretion, to collect from you, to recover certain costs and are kept by us. The number and type of Surcharges will be provided on your invoice and may vary depending upon the location of the billing address of the Device and can change over time. We determine the amount for these charges, and these amounts are subject to change, as are the components used to calculate these amounts. We will provide you notice of any changes to Surcharges in a manner consistent with this Agreement (see Providing Notice To Each Other Under The Agreement section). However, because some Surcharges are based on amounts set by the government or based on government formulas, it will not always be possible to provide advance notice of new Surcharges or changes in the amount of v.7-1-13 General Terms and Conditions of Service 101 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 102 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM existing Surcharges. Information on Surcharges is provided during the sales transaction and is available on our website. Disputing Charges - You Must Still Pay Undisputed Charges Any dispute to a charge on your bill must be made within 60 days of the date of the bill that initially contained the charge. Disputes can only be made by calling or writing us as directed on your invoice or elsewhere. You accept all charges not properly disputed within the above time periodundisputed charges must still be paid as stated on your bill. Protecting Our Network & Services We can take any action to: (1) protect our networks, our rights and interests, or the rights of others; or (2) optimize or improve the overall use of our networks and Services. Some of these actions may interrupt or prevent legitimate communications and usage-for example, message filtering/blocking software to prevent spam or viruses; limiting throughput; limiting access to certain websites, applications, or other Data Content; prohibitions on unintended uses (for example, use as a dedicated line, or use as a monitoring service), etc. For additional information on what we do to protect our customers, networks, Services, and equipment, 102 General Terms and Conditions of Service v.7-1-13 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 103 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM see our Acceptable Use Policy and Visitors Agreement at our website. Your Privacy Our Privacy Policy is available on our website. To review the policy, visit sprint.com/legal/

privacy.html. This policy may change from time to time, so review it with regularity and care. Call Monitoring: To ensure the quality of our Services and for other lawful purposes, we may monitor or record calls you make to us or we make to you (for example, your conversations with our customer service or sales departments). Authentication and Contact: You (the account holder) may password protect your account information by establishing a personal identification number (PIN). You may also set a backup security question and answer in the event you forget your PIN. You agree to protect your PIN, passwords, and other account access credentials like your backup security question from loss or disclosure. You further agree that Sprint may, in our sole discretion, treat any person who presents your credentials that we deem sufficient for account access as you or an authorized user on the account for disclosure of information or changes in Service. You agree that we may contact you for Service-

related reasons through the contact information that you provide, through the Services or Devices to which you subscribe, or through v.7-1-13 General Terms and Conditions of Service 103 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 104 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM other available means, including text message, email, fax, recorded message, mobile, residential or business phone, or mail. CPNI: As we provide telecommunications products and Services to you (the account holder), we develop information about the quantity, technical configuration, type, location, and destination of telecommunications products and Services you use, as well as some other information found on your bill

(CPNI). Under federal law, you have the right and we have a duty to protect the confidentiality of your CPNI. For example, we implement safeguards that are designed to protect your CPNI, including authentication procedures when you contact us. For some accounts with a dedicated Sprint representative, we may rely on contacting your pre-established point of contact as the standard authentication measure. Third-Party Applications: If you use a third-

party application, the application may access, collect, use, or disclose your personal information or require Sprint to disclose your informationincluding location information

(when applicable)to the application provider or some other third party. If you access, use, or authorize third-party applications through the Services, you agree and authorize Sprint to provide information related to your use of the Services or the application(s). You understand that your use of third-party applications is subject to the third partys terms and conditions 104 General Terms and Conditions of Service v.7-1-13 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 105 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM and policies, including its privacy policy. Be sure that you have reviewed and are comfortable with the third partys policies before using its application on your device. Information on Devices: Your Device may contain sensitive or personal information (for example, pictures, videos, passwords, or stored credit card numbers). Sprint is not responsible for any information on your Device, including sensitive or personal information. If possible, you should remove or otherwise safeguard any sensitive or personal information when your Device is out of your possession or control, for example when you relinquish, exchange, return, or recycle your Device. By submitting your Device to us, you agree that our employees, contractors, or vendors may access all of the information on your Device. If you exchange, return, or recycle your Device through us, we typically attempt to erase all data on your Device, but you must remove all data from your Device before you provide it to us. Location-Enabled Services Our networks generally know the location of your Device when it is outdoors and/or turned on. By using various technologies to locate your Device, we can provide enhanced emergency 911 services and optional location-enabled services provided by us or a third party. Network coverage or environmental factors (such as structures, buildings, weather, geography, v.7-1-13 General Terms and Conditions of Service 105 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 106 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM landscape, and topography) can significantly impact the ability to access your Devices location information and use of location-

enabled services. You agree that any authorized user may access, use, or authorize Sprint or third-party location-

enabled applications through the Services. You understand that your use of such location-

enabled applications is subject to the applications terms and conditions and policies, including its privacy policy. If you activate location-enabled services for devices used by other authorized users, you agree to inform the authorized user(s) of the terms of use for location-enabled applications and that the Device may be located. 911 Or Other Emergency Calls Public safety officials advise that when making 911 or other emergency calls, you should always be prepared to provide your location information. Unlike traditional wireline phones, depending on a number of factors (for example, whether your Device is GPS-enabled, where you are, whether local emergency service providers have upgraded their equipment, etc.), 911 operators may not know your phone number, your location, or the location of your Device. In certain circumstances, an emergency call may be routed to a state patrol dispatcher or alternative location set by local emergency service providers. Enhanced 911 service (E911) 106 General Terms and Conditions of Service v.7-1-13 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 107 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM where enabled by local emergency authorities uses GPS technology to provide location information. Even when available, however, E911 does not always provide accurate location information. If your Device is indoors or for some other reason cannot acquire a satellite signal, you may not be located. Some Devices have a safety feature that prevents use of the keypad after dialing 911you should follow voice prompts when interacting with emergency service providers employing interactive voice response systems to screen calls. If Your Device Is Lost or Stolen Call us immediately if your Device is lost or stolen because you may be responsible for usage charges before you notify us of the alleged loss or theft. A lost or stolen Device does not reduce or remove your Term Commitment. You will remain liable for any monthly recurring charges associated with the Service on your Device after you notify us of the alleged loss or theft. You agree to cooperate if we choose to investigate the matter (provide facts, sworn statements, etc.). We may not waive any applicable Early Termination Fees if you choose to terminate Services as a result of loss or theft of your Device. v.7-1-13 General Terms and Conditions of Service 107 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 108 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Disclaimer of Warranties UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN WRITING OTHERWISE, WE MAKE NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING (TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW) ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, NON-

INFRINGEMENT, OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE CONCERNING YOUR SERVICES (INCLUDING YOUR DEVICE AND ANY SOFTWARE OR APPLICATIONS ON YOUR DEVICE). WE DONT PROMISE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE SERVICES AND DONT AUTHORIZE ANYONE TO MAKE WARRANTIES ON OUR BEHALF. SPRINT PROVIDES ALL SOFTWARE AND APPLICATIONS ON AN AS IS BASIS WITH ALL FAULTS, ERRORS, AND DEFECTS. You Agree We Are Not Responsible For Certain Problems You agree that neither we nor our parent, subsidiary, or affiliate companies, nor our vendors, suppliers, or licensors are responsible for any damages, delay, interruption or other failure to perform resulting from: (a) anything done or not done by someone else; (b) providing or failing to provide Services, including, but not limited to, deficiencies or problems with a Device or network coverage

(for example, dropped, blocked, interrupted Services, etc.); (c) traffic or other accidents, or 108 General Terms and Conditions of Service v.7-1-13 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 109 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM audio; or (i) things beyond our control, including acts of God (for example, weather-related phenomena, fire, earthquake, hurricane, etc.), riot, strike, war, terrorism, or government orders or acts. You should implement appropriate safeguards to secure your Device, computer, or equipment and to back up your information stored on each. any health-related claims relating to our Services; (d) Data Content or information accessed while using our Services; (e) an interruption or failure in accessing or attempting to access emergency services from a Device, including through 911, Enhanced 911 or otherwise; (f) interrupted, failed, or inaccurate location information services; (g) information or communication that is blocked by a spam filter;

(h) damage to your Device or any computer or equipment connected to your Device, or damage to or loss of any information stored on your Device, computer, equipment, or Sprint storage space from your use of the Services or from viruses, worms, or downloads of malicious content, materials, data, text, images, video, or v.7-1-13 General Terms and Conditions of Service 109 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 110 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM You Agree Our Liability Is Limited - No Consequential Damages. TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, OUR LIABILITY FOR MONETARY DAMAGES FOR ANY CLAIMS THAT YOU MAY HAVE AGAINST US IS LIMITED TO NO MORE THAN THE PROPORTIONATE AMOUNT OF THE SERVICE CHARGES ATTRIBUTABLE TO THE AFFECTED PERIOD. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES ARE WE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE, MULTIPLE, OR SPECIAL DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO PROVIDING OR FAILING TO PROVIDE SERVICES IN CONNECTION WITH A DEVICE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF BUSINESS, OR COST OF REPLACEMENT PRODUCTS OR SERVICES. DISPUTE RESOLUTION AND ARBITRATION PLEASE READ THIS CAREFULLY; IT AFFECTS YOUR RIGHTS In those rare instances where your concern is not resolved to your satisfaction through calls to our customer care, you and Sprint each agree to try to resolve those disputes in good faith after you provide written notice of the dispute as set forth below. If the dispute is not resolved, you and Sprint agree that the dispute will be resolved through individual 110 General Terms and Conditions of Service v.7-1-13 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 111 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM binding arbitration or small claims court, instead of courts of general jurisdiction. Mandatory Arbitration and Waiver of Class Action Instead of suing in court, you and Sprint agree to arbitrate all Disputes (as defined below) on an individual, non-

representative, basis. You agree that, by entering into this Agreement, you and Sprint are waiving the right to a trial by jury or to participate in a class action or representative action. This agreement to arbitrate is intended to be broadly interpreted. In arbitration, there is no judge or jury. Instead Disputes are decided by a neutral third-party arbitrator in a more informal process than in court. In arbitration, there is limited discovery and the arbitrators decision is subject to limited review by courts. However, just as a court would, the arbitrator must honor the terms of the Agreement and can award damages and relief, including any attorneys fees authorized by law. Disputes shall include, but are not limited to, any claims or controversies against each other related in any way to or arising out of in any way our Services or the Agreement, including, but not limited to, coverage, Devices, billing services and practices, v.7-1-13 General Terms and Conditions of Service 111 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 112 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM policies, contract practices (including enforceability), service claims, privacy, or advertising, even if the claim arises after Services have terminated. Disputes also include, but are not limited to, claims that: (a) you or an authorized or unauthorized user of the Services or Devices bring against our employees, agents, affiliates, or other representatives; (b) you bring against a third party, such as a retailer or equipment manufacturer, that are based on, relate to, or arise out of in any way our Services or the Agreement; or (c) that Sprint brings against you. Disputes also include, but are not limited to, (i) claims in any way related to or arising out of any aspect of the relationship between you and Sprint, whether based in contract, tort, statute, fraud, misrepresentation, advertising claims or any other legal theory;

(ii) claims that arose before this Agreement or out of a prior Agreement with Sprint; (iii) claims that are subject to on-going litigation where you are not a party or class member;

and/or (iv) claims that arise after the termination of this Agreement. Dispute Notice and Dispute Resolution Period Before initiating an arbitration or a small claims matter, you and Sprint each agree to first provide to the other a written notice

(Notice of Dispute), which shall contain: (a) 112 General Terms and Conditions of Service v.7-1-13 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 113 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM a written description of the problem and relevant documents and supporting information; and (b) a statement of the specific relief sought. A Notice of Dispute to Sprint should be sent to: General Counsel;

Arbitration Office; 12502 Sunrise Valley Drive, Mailstop VARESA0202-2C682;

Reston, Virginia 20191. Sprint will provide a Notice of Dispute to you in accordance with the Providing Notice To Each Other Under The Agreement section of this Agreement. Sprint will assign a representative to work with you and try to resolve your Dispute to your satisfaction. You and Sprint agree to make attempts to resolve the Dispute prior to commencing an arbitration or small claims action. If an agreement cannot be reached within forty-five (45) days of receipt of the Notice of Dispute, you or Sprint may commence an arbitration proceeding or small claims action. Arbitration Terms, Process, Rules and Procedures

(1) Unless you and Sprint agree otherwise, the arbitration will be conducted by a single, neutral arbitrator and will take place in the county of the last billing address of the Service. The arbitration will be governed by either: (a) rules that we mutually agree upon;

or (b) the JAMS Comprehensive Arbitration v.7-1-13 General Terms and Conditions of Service 113 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 114 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Rules & Procedures (the JAMS Rules), as modified by this agreement to arbitrate, including the rules about the filing, administration, discovery and arbitrator fees. The JAMS rules are available on its website at jamsadr.com. Notwithstanding any JAMS Rule to the contrary or any other provision in arbitration rules chosen, by agreement, to govern the arbitration, we each agree that all issues regarding the Dispute are delegated to the arbitrator to decide, except that only a court (and not the arbitrator) shall decide any disagreements regarding the scope and enforceability of this agreement to arbitrate.

(2) The Federal Arbitration Act (FAA) applies to this Agreement and arbitration provision. We each agree that the FAAs provisionsnot state lawgovern all questions of whether a Dispute is subject to arbitration. To the extent that this agreement to arbitrate conflicts with the JAMS Policy on Consumer Arbitrations Pursuant to Pre-

Dispute Clauses Minimum Standards for Procedural Fairness (the Minimum Standards), the Minimum Standards in that regard will apply. However, nothing in this paragraph will require or allow you or Sprint to arbitrate on a class-wide, representative or consolidated basis.

(3) The arbitrator may award declaratory or injunctive relief only in favor of the individual party seeking relief and only to the extent 114 General Terms and Conditions of Service v.7-1-13 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 115 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM necessary to provide relief warranted by that partys individual claim. YOU AND SPRINT AGREE THAT EACH MAY BRING CLAIMS AGAINST THE OTHER ONLY IN AN INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY, AND NOT AS A CLASS MEMBER IN ANY PUTATIVE CLASS OR REPRESENTATIVE PROCEEDING. Further, unless both you and Sprint expressly agree otherwise, the arbitrator may not consolidate more than one persons claims, and may not otherwise preside over any form of a representative or class proceeding. If any portion of this provision is found to be unenforceable, then the entirety of this arbitration provision shall be null and void.

(4) We each are responsible for our respective costs, including our respective counsel, experts, and witnesses. Sprint will pay for any filing or case management fees associated with the arbitration and the professional fees for the arbitrators services.

(5) An arbitrators award will be a written statement of the disposition of each claim and will also provide a concise written statement of the essential findings and conclusions which form the basis of the award. The arbitrators decision and award is final and binding, with some limited court review under the FAA, and judgment on the award may be entered in any court with jurisdiction. v.7-1-13 General Terms and Conditions of Service 115 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 116 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM

(6) As an alternative to arbitration, we may resolve Disputes in small claims court in the county of your most recent billing address. In addition, this arbitration agreement does not prevent you from bringing your Dispute to the attention of any federal, state, or local government agency. Such agencies can, if the law allows, seek relief against Sprint on your behalf. No Trial By Jury and No Class Action IF FOR ANY REASON A CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IN ANY WAY PROCEEDS IN COURT RATHER THAN IN ARBITRATION, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE CLAIM IS AN ACTION, COUTERCLAIM OR ANY OTHER COURT PROCEEDING, WE EACH AGREE THAT TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, THERE WILL NOT BE A JURY TRIAL OR CLASS ACTION AND WE EACH UNCONDITIONALLY (1) WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY AND (2) WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO PURSUE DISPUTES ON A CLASSWIDE BASIS, INCLUDING JOINING A CLAIM WITH THE CLAIM OF ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY OR ASSERT A CLAIM IN A REPRESENTATIVE CAPACTITY ON BEHALF OF ANYONE ELSE IN ANY OTHER PROCEEDING. 116 General Terms and Conditions of Service v.7-1-13 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 117 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Indemnification You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold Sprint and our subsidiaries, affiliates, parent companies, vendors, suppliers, and licensors harmless from any claims arising out of or relating to your actions, including, but not limited to, your use of the Service and any information you submit, post, transmit, or make available via the Service; failing to provide appropriate notices regarding location-enabled services

(see Location-Enabled Services section);

failure to safeguard your passwords, backup question to your shared secret question, or other account information; or violating this Agreement or any policy referenced in this Agreement, any applicable law or regulation, or the rights of any third party. Providing Notice To Each Other Under The Agreement Except as the Agreement specifically provides otherwise, you must provide us notice by calling or writing us as instructed on your invoice. We will provide you notice through one or more of the following: in your bill, correspondence to your last known billing address, to any fax number or email address youve provided us, by calling you on your Device or any other phone number youve provided us, by voice message on your Device or any other phone v.7-1-13 General Terms and Conditions of Service 117 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 118 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM number youve provided us, or by text message on your Device. Contacting You Regarding Billing and Collections You expressly authorize, and specifically consent to allowing Sprint and any of Sprints agents to contact you in connection with any and all matters relating to that, for attempts to collect unpaid past due charges, Sprint and any of its agents may contact you at any mailing address, telephone number, cellular phone number, email address, or any other electronic address that you have provided, or may in the future provide, to Sprint. You agree and acknowledge that any email address or any other electronic address that you provide to Sprint is your private address and is not accessible to unauthorized third parties. For attempts to collect unpaid charges, you agree that in addition to individual persons attempting to communicate directly with you, any type of contact described above may be made using, among other methods, pre-recorded or artificial voice messages delivered by an automatic telephone dialing system, pre-set email messages delivered by an automatic emailing system, or any other pre-set electronic messages delivered by any other automatic electronic messaging system. 118 General Terms and Conditions of Service v.7-1-13 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 119 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Other Important Terms Subject to federal law or unless the Agreement specifically provides otherwise, this Agreement is governed solely by the laws of the state encompassing the billing address of the Device, without regard to the conflicts of law rules of that state. If either of us waives or doesnt enforce a requirement under this Agreement in an instance, we dont waive our right to later enforce that requirement. Except as the Agreement specifically provides otherwise, if any part of the Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable, the rest of this Agreement remains in full force and effect. This Agreement isnt for the benefit of any third party except our corporate parents, affiliates, subsidiaries, agents, and predecessors and successors in interest. You cant assign the Agreement or any of your rights or duties under it, unless we agree to the assignment. We can assign the Agreement without notice. You cannot in any manner resell the Services to another party. The Agreement and the documents it incorporates make up the entire agreement between us and replaces all prior written or spoken agreementsyou cant rely on any contradictory documents or statements by sales or service representatives. The rights, obligations, and commitments in the Agreement thatby their naturewould logically continue beyond the termination of Services (for example, those relating to billing, payment, 911, v.7-1-13 General Terms and Conditions of Service 119 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 120 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM dispute resolution, no class action, no jury trial) survive termination of Services.

[End General Terms and Conditions of Service]

120 General Terms and Conditions of Service v.7-1-13 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 121 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Important Message From Sprint Important Information about this devices open architecture. This device is an open device. What that means is that you are free to use it to access the Internet as you see fit. You may go to websites you like and you may download or use applications or software that you choose. Please take care to visit only trusted websites and download applications only from trusted entities. Sprint has no control over websites you visit or applications and software you download, and Sprints policies do not apply to those websites, applications or software. The websites you visit may place cookies or other files on your device when you visit them. Downloaded applications or software may access, use or share information on your device, like your contacts or your location. Although Sprint is excited to allow our customers to make their own choices about the Internet sites you wish to visit or the applications or software youd like to use, we do want to remind you that Sprint is not able to help you troubleshoot issues connected with your use of non-Sprint applications or software (such as the ones you may select and download to your Important Message From Sprint 121 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 122 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM Important Message From Sprint device). Sprint also will not be able to provide you credits for applications or software that you download from sources other than Sprint. And, Sprint is not liable for the websites you visit or anything you download or cause to be downloaded to your device. Damage related to websites visited or downloads to your device may not be covered by Sprints Service and Repair policy, or your device insurance policy. For more information about Sprints policies, products or services, please visit us at sprint.com. 122 Important Message From Sprint DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint_L720_T_IIB_.book Page 123 Wednesday, September 25, 2013 10:11 PM 2013 Sprint. Sprint and the logo are trademarks of Sprint. Other marks are the property of their respective owners. GH68-xxxxxC Printed in China SPT_L720T_IIB_Eng_TE_092513_D1 DRAFT For Internal Use Only

User Guide 2013 Sprint. Sprint and the logo are trademarks of Sprint. Other marks are trademarks of their respective owners. (Sprint UG template version 12c) SPT_L720_UG_Eng_MDC_TE_042013_F5DRAFT For Internal Use Only TOC i Table of Contents Get Started .................................................................................................................................... 1 Your Phone at a Glance ........................................................................................................ 1 Set Up Your Phone ................................................................................................................ 1 Activate Your Phone .............................................................................................................. 2 Complete the Setup ............................................................................................................... 3 Set Up Voicemail ................................................................................................................... 4 Sprint Account Information and Help ..................................................................................... 5 Sprint Account Passwords ............................................................................................. 5 Manage Your Account .................................................................................................... 5 Sprint Support Services .................................................................................................. 6 Phone Basics ................................................................................................................................ 8 Your Phones Layout ............................................................................................................. 8 Key Functions ................................................................................................................. 8 Turn Your Phone On and Off ................................................................................................. 9 Turn Your Screen On and Off .............................................................................................. 10 Features............................................................................................................................... 10 Motions and Gestures .................................................................................................. 10 Smart Screen ............................................................................................................... 12 Air View ........................................................................................................................ 12 Voice Control ................................................................................................................ 13 Multi Window ................................................................................................................ 13 Touchscreen Navigation ...................................................................................................... 14 Tap ............................................................................................................................... 14 Touch and Hold ............................................................................................................ 15 Swipe or Slide .............................................................................................................. 15 Drag .............................................................................................................................. 16 Flick .............................................................................................................................. 16 Rotate ........................................................................................................................... 17 Pinch and Spread ......................................................................................................... 18 Your Home Screen .............................................................................................................. 18 DRAFT For Internal Use Only TOC ii Create Shortcuts .......................................................................................................... 19 Add and Remove Primary Shortcuts ............................................................................ 20 Add and Remove Widgets ............................................................................................ 20 Extended Home Screens ............................................................................................. 21 Recent Applications ...................................................................................................... 21 Status Bar ............................................................................................................................ 21 Enter Text ............................................................................................................................ 22 Text Input Methods ....................................................................................................... 22 Google Voice Typing .................................................................................................... 23 Samsung Keyboard ...................................................................................................... 24 Swype ........................................................................................................................... 24 Tips for Editing Text ..................................................................................................... 25 Phone Calls ................................................................................................................................. 27 Make Phone Calls ................................................................................................................ 27 Call Using the Keypad .................................................................................................. 27 Call from Logs .............................................................................................................. 27 Call from Contacts ........................................................................................................ 27 Call a Number in a Text Message ................................................................................ 28 Call a Number in an Email Message ............................................................................ 28 Call Emergency Numbers ............................................................................................ 28 Receive Phone Calls ........................................................................................................... 29 Answer an Incoming Call .............................................................................................. 29 Mute the Ringing Sound ............................................................................................... 29 Reject an Incoming Call ............................................................................................... 29 Reject a Call with a Text Message ............................................................................... 29 Phone Call Options .............................................................................................................. 30 Dialing Options ............................................................................................................. 30 Caller ID ....................................................................................................................... 30 Call Waiting .................................................................................................................. 31 3-way Calling ................................................................................................................ 31 Call Forwarding ............................................................................................................ 31 In-call Options .............................................................................................................. 32 Speed Dials .................................................................................................................. 33 DRAFT For Internal Use Only TOC iii Voicemail ............................................................................................................................. 34 Set Up Voicemail .......................................................................................................... 34 Retrieve Your Voicemail Messages ............................................................................. 34 Voicemail Notification ................................................................................................... 35 Visual Voicemail .................................................................................................................. 35 Logs ..................................................................................................................................... 36 View Logs ..................................................................................................................... 36 Logs Options ................................................................................................................ 36 Clear Logs .................................................................................................................... 36 Contacts ...................................................................................................................................... 37 Get Started With Contacts ................................................................................................... 37 Access Contacts ........................................................................................................... 37 Contacts Options .......................................................................................................... 37 Add a Contact ...................................................................................................................... 38 Save a Phone Number ........................................................................................................ 39 Edit a Contact ...................................................................................................................... 39 Add or Edit Information for a Contact ........................................................................... 39 Assign a Picture to a Contact ....................................................................................... 40 Assign a Ringtone to a Contact .................................................................................... 40 Join a Contact .............................................................................................................. 40 Delete a Contact ........................................................................................................... 41 Add Entries to Your Favorites .............................................................................................. 41 Create Groups ..................................................................................................................... 41 Share a Contact ................................................................................................................... 42 Accounts and Messaging ............................................................................................................ 44 Google Account ................................................................................................................... 44 Create a Google Account ............................................................................................. 44 Sign In to Your Google Account ................................................................................... 44 Access Gmail ............................................................................................................... 45 Send a Gmail Message ................................................................................................ 45 Read and Reply to Gmail Messages ............................................................................ 46 Samsung Account................................................................................................................ 46 Email .................................................................................................................................... 46 DRAFT For Internal Use Only TOC iv Add an Email Account .................................................................................................. 47 Add a Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync Account ........................................................... 47 Compose and Send Email ............................................................................................ 48 Reply or Forward Email ................................................................................................ 49 Manage Your Email Inbox ............................................................................................ 49 Edit Email Settings ....................................................................................................... 50 Delete an Email Account .............................................................................................. 53 Text and Multimedia Messaging .......................................................................................... 53 Send a Text Message (SMS) ....................................................................................... 53 Send a Multimedia Message (MMS) ............................................................................ 53 Save and Resume a Draft Message ............................................................................ 54 New Messages Notification .......................................................................................... 55 Managing Message Conversations .............................................................................. 55 Text and MMS Settings ................................................................................................ 57 Social Networking Accounts ................................................................................................ 59 YouTube ....................................................................................................................... 59 Google Talk .................................................................................................................. 60 Google+ ........................................................................................................................ 60 Google Messenger ....................................................................................................... 60 Apps and Entertainment ............................................................................................................. 62 DivX ..................................................................................................................................... 62 DivX Legal Information ................................................................................................. 62 Locate Your VOD Registration Number ....................................................................... 62 Register Your DivX Device for VOD Playback of Purchased Movies ........................... 62 Google Play Store................................................................................................................ 63 Find and Install an App ................................................................................................. 63 Create a Google Wallet Account .................................................................................. 64 Open an Installed App .................................................................................................. 64 Uninstall an App ........................................................................................................... 64 Navigation ............................................................................................................................ 65 Google Maps ................................................................................................................ 65 Google Navigation ........................................................................................................ 65 Scout ......................................................................................................................... 66 DRAFT For Internal Use Only TOC v Samsung Apps .................................................................................................................... 66 Music ................................................................................................................................... 66 Google Play Music ....................................................................................................... 66 Music ............................................................................................................................ 66 Sprint Music Plus ................................................................................................................. 69 Google Play Movies ............................................................................................................. 70 Google Play Books .............................................................................................................. 70 Google Play Magazines ....................................................................................................... 70 Group Play ........................................................................................................................... 70 Sprint Zone .......................................................................................................................... 72 Sprint TV & Movies .............................................................................................................. 72 Samsung Link ...................................................................................................................... 73 Configure Samsung Link Settings ................................................................................ 73 Use Samsung Link to Share Media with Another Device ............................................. 74 CBS Sports .......................................................................................................................... 75 BaconReader ....................................................................................................................... 75 1Weather ............................................................................................................................. 75 Web and Data ............................................................................................................................. 76 Wi-Fi .................................................................................................................................... 76 Turn Wi-Fi On and Connect to a Wireless Network ..................................................... 76 Connect to a Different Wi-Fi Network ........................................................................... 77 Data Services (Sprint 3G and 4G) ....................................................................................... 77 Your Data Services User Name ................................................................................... 78 Launch the Browser ..................................................................................................... 78 4G Services ......................................................................................................................... 78 Virtual Private Networks (VPN) ............................................................................................ 79 Prepare Your Phone for VPN Connection .................................................................... 79 Add a VPN .................................................................................................................... 79 Connect to a VPN ......................................................................................................... 80 Disconnect from a VPN ................................................................................................ 80 Chrome ................................................................................................................................ 80 Internet ................................................................................................................................ 81 Pictures and Video ...................................................................................................................... 82 DRAFT For Internal Use Only TOC vi Camera ................................................................................................................................ 82 Open the Camera ......................................................................................................... 82 Take a Pictures ............................................................................................................ 83 Record Videos .............................................................................................................. 83 Camera Options ........................................................................................................... 84 Quick Camera Settings ................................................................................................ 85 Advanced Camera Settings .......................................................................................... 85 Gallery ................................................................................................................................. 87 View Photos and Videos .............................................................................................. 88 Zoom In or Out on a Photo ........................................................................................... 89 Working with Photos ..................................................................................................... 89 Share Photos and Videos ............................................................................................. 90 Samsung Hub ...................................................................................................................... 92 Use Samsung Hub ....................................................................................................... 92 WatchON ............................................................................................................................. 94 Optical Reader ..................................................................................................................... 95 Story Album ......................................................................................................................... 95 Flipboard .............................................................................................................................. 95 Video ................................................................................................................................... 95 Tools and Calendar ..................................................................................................................... 97 Google Now ......................................................................................................................... 97 S Health ............................................................................................................................... 97 S Translator ......................................................................................................................... 97 Polaris Office 5 .................................................................................................................... 97 Lumen Toolbar..................................................................................................................... 97 Calendar .............................................................................................................................. 98 Add an Event to the Calendar ...................................................................................... 98 Event Alerts .................................................................................................................. 99 View Events ................................................................................................................ 100 Erase Events .............................................................................................................. 101 Alarm & Timer .................................................................................................................... 101 Calculator........................................................................................................................... 102 S Memo ............................................................................................................................. 102 DRAFT For Internal Use Only TOC vii My Files ............................................................................................................................. 104 Dropbox ............................................................................................................................. 105 Download the Desktop Application ............................................................................. 105 Accessing Dropbox on Your Device ........................................................................... 105 Manually Uploading a Picture to Dropbox .................................................................. 105 Lookout Security ................................................................................................................ 106 Voice Services ................................................................................................................... 106 S Voice ....................................................................................................................... 106 Voice Recorder ........................................................................................................... 107 Bluetooth ........................................................................................................................... 108 Turn Bluetooth On or Off ............................................................................................ 108 The Bluetooth Settings Menu ..................................................................................... 108 Connect a Bluetooth Headset or Car Kit .................................................................... 108 Reconnect a Headset or Car Kit ................................................................................. 109 Disconnect or Unpair from a Bluetooth Device .......................................................... 109 Send Information Using Bluetooth .............................................................................. 110 Receive Information Using Bluetooth ......................................................................... 111 microSD Card .................................................................................................................... 112 Remove a microSD Card ........................................................................................... 112 View microSD Card Memory ...................................................................................... 113 Format a microSD Card ............................................................................................. 113 Unmount a microSD Card .......................................................................................... 113 Transfer Files Between Your Phone and a Computer ....................................................... 113 Update Your Phone ........................................................................................................... 114 Before Updating Your Firmware ................................................................................. 114 Update your Phone .................................................................................................... 115 Sprint Worldwide Wireless Service ........................................................................................... 116 Activate Sprint Worldwide Service on Your Account ......................................................... 116 Your SIM Card ................................................................................................................... 116 Enable Global Roaming Mode ........................................................................................... 116 Make and Receive Worldwide Calls .................................................................................. 117 Sprint Voicemail Service .................................................................................................... 118 Set Up Your Voicemail Access Number ..................................................................... 118 DRAFT For Internal Use Only TOC viii Access Your Voicemail ............................................................................................... 119 Voicemail Troubleshooting ......................................................................................... 119 International Data Roaming ............................................................................................... 119 Get Started With Data Services ................................................................................. 120 Access Email and Data Services on GSM/UMTS Networks ...................................... 120 Access Email and Data Services on CDMA Networks ............................................... 120 Status Messages ............................................................................................................... 120 Contact Sprint for Assistance ............................................................................................ 121 Settings ..................................................................................................................................... 123 Wi-Fi Settings .................................................................................................................... 123 Turn Wi-Fi On or Off ................................................................................................... 123 Configure Wi-Fi Settings ............................................................................................ 123 Other Wi-Fi Settings ................................................................................................... 124 Wi-Fi Direct ................................................................................................................. 125 Hotspot .............................................................................................................................. 125 Turn Hotspot On or Off ............................................................................................... 125 Configure Hotspot ...................................................................................................... 126 Allowed Devices ......................................................................................................... 126 Bluetooth ........................................................................................................................... 126 Turn Bluetooth On or Off ............................................................................................ 127 Bluetooth Settings ...................................................................................................... 127 Data Usage ........................................................................................................................ 128 More Networks Settings ..................................................................................................... 129 Airplane Mode ............................................................................................................ 129 Mobile Networks ......................................................................................................... 129 Tethering .................................................................................................................... 129 VPN ............................................................................................................................ 130 Roaming ..................................................................................................................... 130 NFC ................................................................................................................................... 131 Turn NFC On or Off .................................................................................................... 131 S Beam .............................................................................................................................. 131 Turn S Beam On or Off .............................................................................................. 131 Nearby Devices ................................................................................................................. 132 DRAFT For Internal Use Only TOC ix Screen Mirroring ................................................................................................................ 132 Kies via Wi-Fi ..................................................................................................................... 133 Lock Screen ....................................................................................................................... 133 Screen Lock ............................................................................................................... 133 Lock Screen Options .................................................................................................. 134 Display ............................................................................................................................... 136 Wallpaper ................................................................................................................... 136 Notification Panel ....................................................................................................... 137 Multi Window .............................................................................................................. 137 Screen Mode .............................................................................................................. 137 Brightness .................................................................................................................. 138 Auto-rotate Screen ..................................................................................................... 138 Screen Timeout .......................................................................................................... 138 Daydream ................................................................................................................... 138 Font Style ................................................................................................................... 139 Font Size .................................................................................................................... 139 Touch Key Light Duration ........................................................................................... 139 Display Battery Percentage ........................................................................................ 139 Edit After Screen Capture .......................................................................................... 140 Auto Adjust Screen Tone ........................................................................................... 140 Auto Adjust Touch Sensitivity ..................................................................................... 140 High Touch Sensitivity ................................................................................................ 140 LED Indicator ..................................................................................................................... 140 Sound ................................................................................................................................ 141 Volume ....................................................................................................................... 141 Vibration Intensity ....................................................................................................... 141 Ringtones ................................................................................................................... 142 Vibrations ................................................................................................................... 142 Notifications ................................................................................................................ 142 Vibrate When Ringing ................................................................................................ 142 Dialing Keypad Tone .................................................................................................. 143 Touch Sounds ............................................................................................................ 143 Screen Lock Sound .................................................................................................... 143 DRAFT For Internal Use Only TOC x Haptic Feedback ........................................................................................................ 143 Emergency Tone ........................................................................................................ 143 Adapt Sound ............................................................................................................... 144 Home Screen Mode ........................................................................................................... 144 Call Settings....................................................................................................................... 144 Call Rejection ............................................................................................................. 144 Set Up Call Rejection Messages ................................................................................ 145 Answering/Ending Calls ............................................................................................. 145 Turn Off Screen During Calls ..................................................................................... 145 Call Alerts ................................................................................................................... 146 Call Accessories ......................................................................................................... 146 Ringtones And Keypad Tones .................................................................................... 146 Personalize Call Sound .............................................................................................. 147 Noise Reduction ......................................................................................................... 147 Increase Volume In Pocket ........................................................................................ 147 Us Dialing ................................................................................................................... 148 International Dialing .................................................................................................... 148 TTY Mode ................................................................................................................... 148 DTMF Tones .............................................................................................................. 148 Voicemail Settings ...................................................................................................... 149 Voice Privacy .............................................................................................................. 149 Blocking Mode ................................................................................................................... 149 Power Saving Mode ........................................................................................................... 150 Accessory .......................................................................................................................... 150 Accessibility ....................................................................................................................... 151 Language And Input .......................................................................................................... 153 Choose a Default Language ....................................................................................... 153 Set a Default Input Method ......................................................................................... 153 Google Voice Typing Settings .................................................................................... 153 Samsung Keyboard Settings ...................................................................................... 154 Swype Settings ........................................................................................................... 156 Voice Search Settings ................................................................................................ 157 Text-to-speech Options .............................................................................................. 157 DRAFT For Internal Use Only TOC xi Pointer Speed ............................................................................................................. 158 Motions and Gestures........................................................................................................ 158 Smart Screen ..................................................................................................................... 159 Smart Stay .................................................................................................................. 159 Smart Rotation ........................................................................................................... 160 Smart Pause ............................................................................................................... 160 Smart Scroll ................................................................................................................ 160 Air View.............................................................................................................................. 161 Voice Control ..................................................................................................................... 161 Accounts ............................................................................................................................ 162 Add an Account .......................................................................................................... 162 Backup Options .......................................................................................................... 162 Location Services .............................................................................................................. 163 Security .............................................................................................................................. 164 Encryption .................................................................................................................. 164 Passwords .................................................................................................................. 164 Device Administration ................................................................................................. 164 Credential Storage ..................................................................................................... 165 Application Manager .......................................................................................................... 165 Battery ............................................................................................................................... 166 Storage .............................................................................................................................. 166 Date and Time ................................................................................................................... 166 Activate this Device ........................................................................................................... 167 System Update .................................................................................................................. 167 About Device ..................................................................................................................... 168 Index ......................................................................................................................................... 169 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Get Started 1 Get Started The following topics give you all the information you need to set up your phone and Sprint service the first time. Your Phone at a Glance The following illustration outlines your phones primary features. Set Up Your Phone You must first install and charge the battery to begin setting up your phone. 1. Install the battery. Using the slot provided, gently lift the cover off the phone. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Get Started 2 Insert the battery, aligning the gold contacts on the battery with the gold contacts on the phone, and gently press the battery into place. Replace the battery compartment cover, making sure all the tabs are secure and there are no gaps around the cover. 2. Plug the USB cable into the Charger/Accessory Jack on the bottom of the phone. 3. Plug the other end of the USB cable into the Charging Head, and then plug the Charging Head into an electrical outlet to charge your battery. Fully charging a battery may take up to three hours. Note: Your phones battery should have enough charge to turn the phone on and find a signal, run the setup application, set up voicemail, and make a call. You should fully charge the battery as soon as possible. 4. Press and hold the Power/Lock Key to turn the phone on. If your phone is activated, it will turn on, search for Sprint service, and begin the setup application. If your phone is not yet activated, see Activate Your Phone for more information. Activate Your Phone Depending on your account or how and where you purchased your phone, it may be ready to use or you may need to activate it on your Sprint account. If you purchased your phone at a Sprint Store, it is probably activated and ready to use. If you received your phone in the mail and it is for a new Sprint account or a new line of service, it is designed to activate automatically. When you turn the phone on for the first time, you should see a Hands Free Activation screen, which may be followed by a PRL Update screen and a Firmware Update screen. Follow the onscreen instructions to continue. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Get Started 3 If you received your phone in the mail and you are activating a new phone for an existing number on your account (youre swapping phones), you can activate on your computer online or directly on your phone. Activate on your computer: Go to sprint.com/activate and complete the online instructions to activate your phone. Activate on your phone: Turn on your new phone. (Make sure the old one is turned off.) Your phone will automatically attempt Hands-Free Activation. Follow the onscreen prompts to complete the activation process. To confirm activation, make a phone call. If your phone is still not activated or you do not have access to the Internet, contact Sprint Customer Service at 1-888-211-4727 for assistance. Tip: Do not press the Power/Lock Key while the phone is being activated. Pressing the Power/Lock Key cancels the activation process. Note: If you are having any difficulty with activation, contact Sprint Customer Service by calling 1-888-211-4727 from any other phone. Complete the Setup After you turn on your phone and activate it, your phone displays a Welcome screen. From the Welcome screen follow the prompts to set up features and preferences on your phone. Note: In some cases, you may be able to complete the setup process before your phone has been activated on your Sprint account. During setup and activation, you may see Sprint Connections Optimizer notice. Read the notice and tap I Agree to use Sprint Connections Optimizer, or tap Settings and uncheck option if you do not wish to use the Sprint Connections Optimizer. 1. At the Welcome screen, follow the onscreen instructions to complete setup for each topic. Tap Next, or the right arrow, to move through the steps. You can skip topics to continue to the next one. Language: Choose the default language for your phones operation, and then tap Next. Wi-Fi: By default, your phone prompts you to use Wi-Fi when accessing data services. Tap a Wi-Fi access point, or tap Next to continue setup using your phones connection to the network. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Get Started 4 Date and time: By default, your phone uses the date and time provided by the wireless network. Configure options, or tap Next to use the defaults and continue. Samsung account: Your Samsung account is used with some apps and features. Tap Sign in to sign in to your Samsung account, or tap Create new account to sign up for a new Samsung account. Got Google?: Complete the steps to sign in to your current Google account, or sign up for a new Google account right from your phone. Yes: Enter your Gmail address and password and tap the right arrow to sign in to your current Google account. No: Tap Get an account, and then follow the instructions to sign up for a new Google account, or tap Not now to continue without setting up a Google account on your phone. You can always set up a Google account later. Tap the right arrow to move to the next screen. Google & location: Select Google location options, and then tap the right arrow to continue. This phone belongs to: Enter your First and Last name, and then tap the right arrow to continue. Dropbox: Dropbox allows you to save your photos and videos to associated computers and to a Web-based storage area. Tap Create a new Dropbox account or I already have an account, or tap Next to skip the step and continue. Learn about key features: Tap features to view details, and tap the ON/OFF switch to turn the feature On or Off. Device name: Your device name is how you and other devices identify your device, such as when sharing via Bluetooth or Wi-Fi Direct. If you want to use a different name, tap the field and enter a name. 2. Tap Finish to complete setup. Follow the onscreen instructions to learn about basic touch/tap navigation. Set Up Voicemail Your phone automatically transfers all unanswered calls to voicemail, even if your phone is in use or turned off. You should set up your Sprint Voicemail and personal greeting as soon as your phone is activated. Always use a password to protect against unauthorized access. 1. Press Home and tap Phone. If your screen is locked, press the Power/Lock Key to turn on the display and then swipe your screen in any direction. See Turn Your Screen On and Off. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Get Started 5 2. Touch and hold to dial your voicemail number. 3. Follow the system prompts to: Create your password. Record your name announcement. Record your greeting. Note: Voicemail Password Sprint strongly recommends that you create a password when setting up your voicemail to protect against unauthorized access. Without a password, anyone who has access to your phone is able to access your voicemail messages. Sprint Account Information and Help Find out about account passwords and information about managing your account and finding help. Sprint Account Passwords As a Sprint customer, you enjoy unlimited access to your personal account information, your voicemail account, and your data services account. To ensure that no one else has access to your information, you will need to create passwords to protect your privacy. Account User Name and Password If you are the account owner, you will create an account user name and password when you sign on to sprint.com. (Click Sign in/Sign up and then click Sign up now! to get started.) If you are not the account owner (if someone else receives the bill for your Sprint service), you can get a sub-account password at sprint.com. Voicemail Password Youll create your voicemail password when you set up your voicemail. See Set Up Voicemail for more information on your voicemail password. Data Services Password With your Sprint phone, you may elect to set up an optional data services password to control access and authorize Premium Service purchases. For more information, or to change your passwords, sign on to sprint.com or call Sprint Customer Service at 1-888-211-4727. Manage Your Account Manage your Sprint account from your computer, your Sprint phone, or any other phone. Online: sprint.com DRAFT For Internal Use Only Get Started 6 Access your account information. Check your minutes used (depending on your Sprint service plan). View and pay your bill. Enroll in Sprint online billing and automatic payment. Purchase accessories. Shop for the latest Sprint phones. View available Sprint service plans and options. Learn more about data services and other products like games, ring tones, screen savers, and more. From Your Sprint Phone 1. Press and then tap Phone. 2. Do any of the following: Tap to make a payment. Tap to access Sprint Zone and a summary of your Sprint service plan or to get answers to other questions. Note: You can also access Sprint Zone app from your device. Press and then tap Sprint Zone. From Any Other Phone Sprint Customer Service: 1-888-211-4727. Business Customer Service: 1-888-788-4727. Sprint Support Services Sprint 411 and Sprint Operator Services let you easily access information and calling assistance from your Sprint phone. Sprint 411 Sprint 411 gives you access to a variety of services and information, including residential, business, and government listings; movie listings or showtimes; driving directions, restaurant DRAFT For Internal Use Only Get Started 7 reservations, and major local event information. You can get up to three pieces of information per call, and the operator can automatically connect your call at no additional charge. There is a per-call charge to use Sprint 411, and you will be billed for airtime. Press Home and tap Phone, and then tap . Sprint Operator Services Sprint Operator Services provides assistance when you place collect calls or when you place calls billed to a local telephone calling card or third party. Press Home and tap Phone, and then tap . For more information or to see the latest in products and services, visit us online at sprint.com. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Basics 8 Phone Basics Your phone is packed with features that simplify your life and expand your ability to stay connected to the people and information that are important to you. The following topics will introduce the basic functions and features of your phone. Your Phones Layout This illustration outlines your phones basic layout. Key Functions The following list defines the features listed in the above illustrations. LED indicator displays red when charging, green when fully charged, blue when powering up, and orange when a notification has arrived. Light Sensor detects the ambient light level, such as when setting screen brightness when Automatic brightness is enabled, and when using the Camera. Earpiece lets you hear the caller and automated prompts during calls. Proximity and Gesture Sensors detect the presence of objects near the phone, such as when using air gesture or motion settings. For example, while talking on the phone the sensor detects when its near your ear and turns off the screen to prevent accidental key presses. Front Camera allows you to take pictures and videos of yourself. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Basics 9 Power/Lock Key lets you turn the phone on or off, turn the screen on or off, or lock the screen. Press and hold for a Device options menu, where you can turn the phone off or restart it, or for easy access to Airplane mode, and to Mute, Vibrate, and Sound modes. Back Key lets you return to the previous screen, or close a dialog box, options menu, the Notifications panel, or onscreen keyboard. Home Key returns you to the Home screen. Press and hold to open the recently used applications window, and access Task Manager and Google Search. Menu Key allows you to access a menu from most of your phones screens. Volume Key adjusts the volume of your phones sounds. From the Home screen, press to adjust master volume. During calls or playback, press to adjust volume. Press to mute the ringtone of an incoming call. Cover Release allows you to lift the cover from the back of your phone. Infrared transmitter allows you to control other devices, such as a TV, in conjunction with apps like WatchON. Camera lets you take pictures and record videos. Flash helps illuminate subjects in low-light environments when the camera is focusing and capturing a photo or video. Microphones allow other callers to hear you when you are using the speakerphone, and captures sound during recording. 3.5 mm Headset Jack allows you to plug in either a stereo headset or an optional headset for convenient, hands-free conversations. Speaker plays ringtones and sounds. The speaker also lets you hear the callers voice in speakerphone mode. USB Charger/Accessory Port allows you to connect the phone charger/USB cable (included) and other optional accessories (not included). CAUTION! Inserting an accessory into the incorrect jack may damage the phone. Turn Your Phone On and Off Use the Power/Lock Key to turn the phone On or Off. Turn Your Phone On or Off Press and hold the Power/Lock Key. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Basics 10 The screen remains blank while your phone is off. If the phone is off during charging, the screen displays a charging animation. Turn Your Screen On and Off Your phone allows you to quickly turn the screen off when not in use and to turn it back on and unlock it when you need it. Turn the Screen Off When Not in Use To quickly turn the screen off, press the Power/Lock Key. Pressing the Power/Lock Key again will turn on the screen and display the lock screen. To save battery power, the phone automatically turns off the screen (times out) after a certain period of time when you leave it idle. You will still be able to receive messages and calls while the phones screen is off. Note: For information on how to adjust the time before the screen turns off, see Screen Timeout. Turn the Screen On and Unlock It 1. To turn the screen on, press the Power/Lock Key. 2. Unlock the screen: If you are using the default screen lock, swipe the screen in any direction to unlock it. If you have set up a screen lock, use your screen lock. See Screen lock. Features Your phone offers new features for using gestures to interact with your phone. Motions and Gestures Interact with your phone using motions of the phone itself, or with gestures you make with your hands. Air Gestures Control your phone by making specific gestures with your hand above the Gesture sensor, located near the Earpiece at the top of your phones screen. Air gestures include: Quick glance: When On, you can reach toward the device with the screen off to see important information at a glance. Air jump: When On, you can scroll web pages in screen-sized jumps. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Basics 11 Air browse: When On, you can move between pictures, pages, or music tracks. Air move: When On, you can move app shortcuts or Calendar events. Air call-accept: When On, you can wave your hand over the screen to answer incoming calls. To enable Air gestures: Press and tap > Settings > My Device > Motions and gestures > Air gesture. For more information, see Motions and Gestures. Motion Control your phone with natural movements, like putting the device to your ear to call a contact displayed on the screen. Motions include: Direct call: When On, you can lift the device to your ear while viewing a contact to call the contact. Smart alert: When On, you can lift the phone to receive notifications of missed calls and notifications that occurred while the device was stationary. Zoom: When On, you can tilt the phone to zoom in or out when viewing pictures in Gallery. Browse an image: When On, you can move the phone in a side-to-side motion to pan from side to side while viewing an image. Mute/pause: When On, you can mute incoming calls and pause playback by turning the phone screen-side down. Palm motion: When On, you can control your device by touching the screen with the palm of your hand. Capture screen: When On, you can save a copy of the current screen to the clipboard by swiping the side of your hand across the screen. Mute/pause: When On, you can mute incoming calls and pause playback by covering the screen with your hand. To enable Motion gestures: Press and tap > Settings > My Device > Motions and gestures > Motion. For more information, see Motions and Gestures. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Basics 12 Smart Screen Smart screen features allow you to have your phone automatically adjust screen timeout, rotation when it detects you are looking at the screen, and control scrolling and playback based whether you are facing the screen. Smart screen features include: Smart stay: The screen will not time out as long as you are looking at it. Smart rotation: The screen automatically updates to match the angle at which you are viewing it. Smart pause: The screen automatically pauses video playback when you look away from the screen. Smart scroll: The screen will scroll according to the tilt of the phone and your face. Smart screen uses the front camera to detect when you are facing the screen. Some factors that may affect the ability of the front camera to detect your face are: When the phone is not docked or held upright, for example when placed on a table. When the front camera cannot detect your face and eyes. When the front camera is being used for the current application. When the source of light is behind you, or when using the phone in the dark. Configure Smart Screen Enable Smart screen features, and learn about using them. Press and tap > Settings > My Device > Smart screen. Air View Air view allows you to hover your finger over items on the screen to display more information. Information preview: Hover over items to display information previews, extended text, or enlarged images, depending on the type of item. Progress preview: Hover over a progress bar, such as for video playback, to display a scene preview or elapsed playback time. Speed dial preview: Hover over a speed dial to display the name of the contact assigned to the speed dial. Webpage magnifier: Hover over a webpage to magnify the content under your finger. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Basics 13 Configure Air View Enable Air view features, and learn about using them. Press and tap > Settings > My Device > Air view. Voice Control Use spoken commands to control and interact with your phone, such as: Incoming calls: When enabled, you can answer or reject calls with the voice commands Answer and Reject. When you answer a call with the voice command, the Speaker will automatically be turned on for hands-free talking. Alarm: When enabled, you can stop or snooze alarms with the voice commands Stop and Snooze. Camera: When enabled, you can take pictures with the voice commands Smile, Cheese, Capture and Shoot. Music: When enabled, you can control the music player with the voice commands Next, Previous, Pause, Play, Volume Up, and Volume Down. Configure Voice Control Enable Voice control features, and learn about using them. Press and tap > Settings > My Device > Voice control. Multi Window Multi Window allows you to use two apps on the same screen, in separate, resizable windows. Enable Multi Window Enable Multi window in the Display settings. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My device > Display. 2. Tap the check box beside Multi window to enable or disable the option. Display Multi Window After you enable Multi window in Display settings, you can control whether Multi window displays on the screen, for easy access to its features. When Multi Window is enabled, it displays on the left side of the screen by default. You can drag the tab along the side of the screen, or tap the tab to open Multi Window, then drag Multi window to another edge of the screen (top, bottom, or side). DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Basics 14 Touch and hold the Back Key. Work With Multi Window After enabling Multi Window, you can use it to run two apps at the same time. You can launch apps from Multi window, or drag an app to the screen to run multiple apps at the same time. The apps display together on a split screen. You can switch between the apps, or adjust the size of their display on the screen. Use Multi Window to Launch Multiple Apps When you drag an app from Multi window on top of an open app, both apps display in a split window. While using one app, touch the tab to display Multi Window, and then touch and drag an app to the screen. Adjust the Size of Apps in Multi Window While using Multi Window, you can adjust the size of the two apps on the screen. Touch and drag the border between the windows. Switch Multi Window App Positions While using Multi Window, you can switch the position of the app windows on the screen. Touch the border between the windows, then touch Make a Multi Window App Full Screen While using Multi Window, you can expand an app to full screen anytime. Touch the border between the windows, then touch . Touchscreen Navigation Your phones touchscreen lets you control actions through a variety of touch gestures. Tap When you want to type using the onscreen keyboard, select items onscreen such as application and settings icons, or press onscreen buttons, simply tap them with your finger. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Basics 15 Touch and Hold To open the available options for an item (for example, a contact or link in a Web page), touch and hold the item. Swipe or Slide To swipe or slide means to quickly drag your finger vertically or horizontally across the screen. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Basics 16 Drag To drag, touch and hold your finger with some pressure before you start to move your finger. While dragging, do not release your finger until you have reached the target position. Flick Flicking the screen is similar to swiping, except that you need to swipe your finger in light, quick strokes. This finger gesture is always in a vertical direction, such as when flicking the contacts or message list. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Basics 17 Rotate For most screens, you can automatically change the screen orientation from portrait to landscape by turning the phone sideways. When entering text, you can turn the phone sideways to bring up a bigger keyboard. Note: You can control screen rotation with the Auto-rotate screen setting. To make this selection, press and then tap > Settings > My Device > Display > Auto-rotate screen. See Auto-rotate screen for more information. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Basics 18 Pinch and Spread Pinch the screen using your thumb and forefinger to zoom out or spread the screen to zoom in when viewing a picture or a Web page. (Move fingers inward to zoom out and outward to zoom in.) Tip: Pinching any Home screen will let you see thumbnails of all seven Home screens. Tap a thumbnail to go straight to another Home screen. Your Home Screen The home screen is the starting point for your phones applications, functions, and menus. You can customize your home screen by adding application icons, shortcuts, folders, widgets, and more. Your home screen extends beyond the initial screen. Swipe the screen left or right to display additional screens. Note: You can keep swiping in one direction to move through all the home screens, back to the home screen. The small circles toward the bottom of the screen let you know your current screen position. Tip: Press to return to the main Home screen from any other screen. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Basics 19 Create Shortcuts Learn how to add, move, or remove items from the home screen. Add Shortcuts from the Applications Menu 1. Press to display the main Home screen, and then navigate to the desired screen. 2. Tap Apps to display applications, then scroll to locate your desired application. 3. Touch and hold the application icon, and then drag it to a position on the home screen. 4. Release the shortcut to place it on the screen. Add Shortcuts from the Home screen 1. Press to display the main Home screen, and then navigate to the desired screen. 2. Touch and hold an empty area of the Home screen, and then tap Apps and widgets. 3. Touch and hold the application icon, and then drag it to a position on the home screen. 4. Release the shortcut to place it on the screen. Remove a Shortcut 1. Press to display the main Home screen. 2. Touch and hold the desired shortcut to unlock it from its location on the current screen. 3. Drag the icon to the Remove icon and release it. As you place the shortcut into the Trash, both items turn red. Note: Removing a shortcut does not delete the application, it simply removes the shortcut from the home screen. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Basics 20 Add and Remove Primary Shortcuts Primary shortcuts appear at the bottom of the main Home screen by default (Phone, Contacts, Messaging, Internet, and Apps). You can change any of your primary shortcuts, except the Apps shortcut. Note: Before replacing a primary shortcut, you must first add the replacement shortcut to the Home Screen. For more information, see Create Shortcuts. Press to display the main Home screen. 1. Touch and hold the primary shortcut you want to replace and then drag it to an empty 2.space on any Home screen. Scroll the Home screen to find the shortcut you want to add as the new primary shortcut. 3. Touch and hold the new shortcut and then drag it to the empty space in the row of 4.primary shortcuts. The new primary shortcut will now appear on all Home screens. Add and Remove Widgets Widgets are self-contained applications that reside either in your Widgets tab or on the main or extended Home screens. Unlike a shortcut, the Widget appears as an onscreen application. Widgets can include Contacts shortcuts, bookmarks, Facebook status windows, Gmail and email accounts, and many other types of apps. Add a Widget Press to display the main Home screen, and then navigate to the desired screen. 1. Touch and hold an empty area of the Home screen, and then tap Apps and widgets > 2.Widgets. Touch and hold a widget, and then drag it to a position on the home screen. 3. Release the widget to place it on the screen. 4.Remove a Widget 1. Press to display the main Home screen. 2. Touch and hold the desired widget. This unlocks it from its location on the current screen. 3. Drag the widget to the Remove icon and release it. As you place the widget into the Trash, both items turn red. Note: Removing a widget does not delete the widget, it simply removes the widget from the current screen. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Basics 21 Extended Home Screens In addition to the main home screen, your phone has six extended home screens to provide more space for adding icons, widgets, and more. Touch and hold the icon or widget and then drag across the screen to move from the main screen to an extended screen. Note: You can have up to seven screens, including the Main home screen. Recent Applications You can access recently-used applications through a display of shortcuts to the applications themselves. 1. Press and hold from any screen to display recently used applications. 2. Tap an application to open it. Status Bar The status bar at the top of the home screen provides phone and service status information on the right side and notification alerts on the left. To view notification alerts, touch and hold the status bar and drag it down. Status Icons Icon Description Bluetooth is On Bluetooth paired Wi-Fi active Smart screen enabled Air gesture enabled Vibrate Mute Speakerphone Active Network (full signal) Network (roaming) 3G (data service) DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Basics 22 4G (data service) Airplane Mode Battery (charging) Battery (full charge) Notification Icons Icon Description Missed call New email New Gmail New message New voicemail Event USB connection Updates available Downloading Connected to a PC using Kies air. Keyboard active Enter Text You can type on your device using the available touchscreen QWERTY keyboard, or by speaking your inputs. Text Input Methods Your device offers several text input methods. Google voice typing allows you to speak your entries. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Basics 23 Samsung keyboard allows you to enter text by touching keys on a virtual QWERTY keyboard. Samsung keyboard includes optional predictive text, which matches your key touches to common words so you can select a word to insert it into your text. Swype lets you enter words by swiping across the virtual QWERTY keyboard. Instead of tapping each key, use your finger to trace over each letter of a word. You can also tap letters to enter words. Select a Default Text Input Method You can select a default Text Input Method from Settings, or choose on at any time while entering text. From Settings: Press and tap > Settings > My Device > Language and input > Default. While entering text: 1. From a screen where you can enter text, drag down from the top of the screen to open the Notifications panel. 2. Tap Select input method, and then choose a text entry method. Google Voice Typing This feature uses Google voice recognition to convert your spoken words into text. Use Google Voice Typing to Enter Text 3. From a screen where you can enter text, drag down from the top of the screen to open the Notifications panel, and then tap Google voice typing. 4. Speak into the microphone and watch your text being entered onscreen. 5. If the text is incorrect, tap DELETE. 6. Once you have completed entering your text, tap Done. The onscreen keyboard will reappear. Note: Select a language by tapping at the bottom of the Listening area. Tap Add more languages to assign a new language via the Google voice typing menu. Removing the check mark from the Automatic field allows you to select additional languages. Configure Google Voice Typing Press and tap > Settings > My Device > Language and input, and then tap next to Google voice typing. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Basics 24 Samsung Keyboard With Samsung Keyboard, it's easy to enter text, symbols, and numbers. Use Samsung Keyboard to Enter Text 1. From a screen where you can enter text drag down from the top of the screen to open the Notifications panel, and then tap Samsung keyboard. 2. Tap keys to enter text. While entering text, use these options: If you make a mistake, tap to delete incorrect characters. Touch and hold to delete a whole word or field. Tap to change the case of the text. Tap twice to switch to all capitals. Tap to switch to a symbols keyboard, to enter symbols. There are two symbol keyboards. Tap to switch to Google Voice typing, to enter text by speaking. Configure Samsung Keyboard Press and tap > Settings > My Device > Language and input, and then tap next to Samsung keyboard. Note: For more information about Samsung Keyboard settings, see Samsung Keyboard Settings. Swype Swype lets you enter words by tracing over the letters on the virtual QWERTY keyboard. Instead of tapping each key, use your finger to trace over each letter of a word. You can also tap letters to enter words. Swype provides next-letter prediction and regional error correction, which can compensate for tapping the wrong keys on the virtual QWERTY keyboards. Use Swype to Enter Text 1. From a screen where you can enter text drag down from the top of the screen to open the Notifications panel, and then tap Swype. 2. Swipe your finger continuously over the letters to form a word. As you swipe over letters, words matching your pattern display at the top of the Swype keyboard. To enter a word, lift your finger, or tap a word at the top of the keyboard. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Basics 25 3. While entering text, use these options: If you make a mistake, tap to delete a single character. Touch and hold to delete an entire word or field. By default, Swype starts with a capital at the beginning of text. Tap to start with a capital letter, or tap twice to enter all capitals. Tap to switch to a symbols keyboard, and then tap keys to enter symbols. Configure Swype Press and tap > Settings > My Device > Language and input, and then tap next to Swype. - or - From the Swype keyboard, touch and hold . Note: For more information about Swype settings, see Swype Settings. Tips for Editing Text These tips allow you to cut or copy selected text and paste it into a separate selected area. 1. In a text entry field, double-tap the text. 2. Touch and drag the sliders to highlight and select the desired text. 3. Tap an onscreen option from the Edit text menu bar. You can drag your finger along the menu bar to see all the options: Select all: Highlights all the text in the field. Cut: Removes the selected text and saves it to the clipboard. Copy: Copies the selected text to the clipboard. Translate: Launch S Translator to translate the selected text. Paste: Insert the last copied or cut text into the current field. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Basics 26 Clipboard: Display the clipboard to choose previously cut or copied text. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Calls 27 Phone Calls With the Sprint National Network and your phones phone, you can enjoy clear calling across the country. Make Phone Calls There are several convenient ways to place calls from your phone. Call Using the Keypad The most traditional way to place a call is by using the phones dialer screen. 1. Press and tap Phone. 2. Tap the number keys on the keypad to enter the phone number. As you enter digits, Smart Dial searches for contacts that match. If you see the number you want to dial, tap it to place the call immediately without entering the rest of the number. 3. Tap to call the number. 4. To end the call, tap . Call from Logs All incoming, outgoing and missed calls are recorded in the Call log. You can place a call to numbers or contacts that display in this area. 1. Press and tap Phone. 2. Tap the Logs tab. A list of recent calls displays. 3. Tap the phone icon to the right of a number or contact to place a call. For additional options, tap the name or number. Tip: You can also swipe the entry from left to right to place a call, or from right to left to send a message. Call from Contacts You can place calls directly from your Contacts list using either of the following procedures. Note: You can access Contacts directly from the Phone app. Tap and then tap the Contacts tab at the top of the screen. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Calls 28 1. Press and tap Contacts. 2. Tap a contact and then tap . - or - Touch and hold the contacts picture icon, then tap . - or - Swipe your finger across the contact from left to right. Call a Number in a Text Message While viewing a text message, you can place a call to a number that is in the body of the message. For more information, see Text and Multimedia Messaging. 1. Press and tap Messaging. 2. Open the message with the phone number and then tap the phone number. 3. Tap Call to dial the number. Call a Number in an Email Message While viewing an email or Gmail message, you can place a call to a number that is in the body of the message. 1. Press and tap > Email. 2. Open the message with the phone number and then tap the phone number. 3. The Phone screen opens, with the phone number automatically entered and ready to be dialed. To place the call, tap . Call Emergency Numbers You can place calls to 911 even if the phones screen is locked or your account is restricted. Note: To call the 911 emergency number when the phones screen is locked, press to turn the screen on, and then touch Emergency call at the bottom of the lock screen. 1. Press and tap Phone. 2. Tap . DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Calls 29 Enhanced 911 (E911) Information This phone features GPS (Global Positioning System), which is used for E911 emergency location service, where available. When you place a call to 911, the GPS feature of your phone provides information about your approximate location. Depending on several variables, including availability and access to satellite signals, it may take up to 30 seconds or more to determine and report your approximate location. Important! Always report your location to the 911 operator when placing an emergency call. Some designated emergency call takers, known as Public Safety Answering Points (PSAPs), may not be equipped to receive GPS location information from your phone. Receive Phone Calls When you receive a phone call from a contact, the Incoming call screen appears and displays the caller ID icon, name, and phone number of the calling party. When you receive a phone call from someone who is not stored in Contacts, only the default caller ID icon and phone number appear on the Incoming call screen. Note: If your phone is turned off, all calls automatically go to voicemail. Answer an Incoming Call The following procedure shows you how to answer an incoming call. When the call comes in, touch and slide to the right to answer the call. Mute the Ringing Sound You can mute the ringtone without rejecting the call by doing either of the following. Press the Volume Key down. Place the phone face down on a level surface. See Motions and Gestures for options, including the Mute/pause Motion to mute incoming calls by turning over the phone. Reject an Incoming Call The following procedure shows you how to reject and incoming call. When the call comes in, touch and slide to the left. Reject a Call with a Text Message You can automatically reject an incoming call by sending a text message to the caller. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Calls 30 1. Touch and drag Reject call with message toward the top of the screen. 2. Select an existing message and tap . - or - Tap Create new message to compose a new text message. Phone Call Options The Phone app provides many useful features and options to help you make the most of your calling experience. Dialing Options 1. Press and tap Phone. 2. While dialing a call, tap for options, including: Send message: Send a text message to the number you dialed. Add to Contacts: Save the number to a new contact, or update an existing contact. See Add a Contact for more information. Speed dial setting: View speed dials. Add 2-sec pause: Insert a 2-second pause into the number you are dialing. This can be useful when storing numbers for automated phone menus. Add wait: Insert a pause into the number you are dialing, to wait for input from you. This can be useful when storing numbers for automated phone menus. Call settings: Configure call settings. For more information, see Call Settings. Caller ID Caller ID identifies a caller while the phone is ringing, by displaying the number of the incoming call. Block Caller ID You can block your Caller ID (visible to other when you make a call), before making a call. The blocking only lasts for that call, then returns to regular Caller ID. To permanently block your number, you must call Sprint Customer Service. 1. Press and tap Phone. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Calls 31 2. Tap . Call Waiting When youre on a call, Call Waiting alerts you to incoming calls by sounding a tone. Your phones screen informs you that another call is coming in and displays the callers phone number (if it is available). To respond to an incoming call while youre on a call: Slide to the right. (This puts the first caller on hold and answers the second call.) 1. To switch back to the first caller, tap Swap. 2.3-way Calling With 3-Way Calling (also known as Conference calling), you can talk to two people at the same time. When using this feature, the normal airtime rates will be charged for each of the two calls. 1. Press and tap Phone. 2. Tap the number keys to enter a phone number, and then tap . 3. Once you have established the call, tap Add call and dial the second number. (This puts the first caller on hold and dials the second number.) 4. When youre connected to the second party, tap Merge. If one of the people you called hangs up during your call, you and the remaining caller stay connected. If you initiated the call and are the first to hang up, all callers are disconnected. 5. To end the three-way call, tap . Call Forwarding Call Forwarding lets you forward all your incoming calls to another phone number even when your phone is turned off. You can continue to make calls from your phone when you have Call Forwarding is activated. Note: You are charged a higher rate for forwarded calls. To activate Call Forwarding: 1. Press and tap Phone. 2. Tap . DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Calls 32 3. Enter the area code and phone number to which you want your calls forwarded. 4. Tap . (You will hear a tone to confirm the activation of Call Forwarding.) To deactivate Call Forwarding: 1. Press and tap Phone. 2. Tap . 3. Tap . (You will see a message and hear a tone to confirm the deactivation.) In-call Options While youre on a call, you will see a number of onscreen options. Tap an option to select it. Add call: displays the keypad so you can dial another call. Keypad: displays the keypad, where you can enter numbers using DTMF (Dual Tone Multi-Frequency). This can be useful if you need to enter an access code or other information while on an active call. End call: terminates the call. Speaker: controls whether the call audio plays through the speaker or the earpiece. Tap Speaker to play the audio through the speaker. (You can adjust the speaker volume using the Volume Key.) A green line appears under the Speaker button. Tap Speaker again to use the phones earpiece. The green line will disappear when Speaker is not activated. Warning! Because of higher volume levels, do not place the phone near your ear during speakerphone use. Mute: turns the onboard microphone either on or off. Tap Mute during a call to mute the microphone. A green line will appear under the Mute button. Tap Mute again to unmute the microphone. The green line will disappear when Mute is not activated. Note: If Mute is activated, the speaker mode is deactivated. Headset: connects to a Bluetooth headset. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Calls 33 Tap Headset during a call to activate a Bluetooth headset. A green line will appear under the Headset button. Tap Headset again to de-activate the Bluetooth headset. The green line will disappear when the Headset is not activated. Tap for more options: Contacts: Launches Contacts. Memo: Launches Memo, to create memo during a call. Message: Launches Messaging, to create a new message. Speed Dials You can assign a shortcut number to a phone number in your Contacts List for speed dialing. There are one hundred available numbered spaces. Speed dial 1 is reserved for Voicemail. Assign Speed Dials 1. Press and tap Phone. 2. Tap > Speed dial setting. 3. Tap an unused space and then select a contact to assign to the number. The selected contact number will display in the speed dial list. Remove Speed Dials 1. Press and tap Phone. 2. Tap > Speed dial setting. 3. Tap > Remove, and then tap the X next to the speed dials you want to remove. Edit Speed Dials Press and tap Phone. 1. Tap > Speed dial setting. 2. Tap > Change order, and then tap the entry you want to move. This will highlight 3.the entry. 3. Tap an unassigned space. (For example, if you select an entry in space 12, and space 8 shows "Not assigned," you can tap space 8 to move the entry.) DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Calls 34 Making a Call Using a Speed Dial 1. Press and tap Phone. 2. Touch the speed dial digits, holding the last digit until the number dials. Voicemail Your phone automatically transfers all unanswered calls to your voicemail, even if your phone is in use or turned off. You should set up your Sprint Voicemail and personal greeting as soon as your phone is activated. Always use a password to protect against unauthorized access. Set Up Voicemail The following steps will guide you through setting up your standard voicemail from the Phone app. For information about setting up voicemail using the Visual Voicemail app, see Visual Voicemail. You should set up your Sprint Voicemail and personal greeting as soon as your phone is activated. Always use a password to protect against unauthorized access. Your phone automatically transfers all unanswered calls to your voicemail, even if your phone is in use or turned off. 1. Press and tap Phone. 2. Press and hold . 3. Follow the system prompts to: Create your password. Record your name announcement. Record your greeting. Note: Voicemail Password Sprint strongly recommends that you create a password when setting up your voicemail to protect against unauthorized access. Without a password, anyone who has access to your phone can access your voicemail messages. Retrieve Your Voicemail Messages You can access your voicemail by using the following process. 1. Press and tap Phone. 2. Press and hold . DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Calls 35 3. Follow the system prompts to enter your voicemail password and manage voicemail. Note: You can also access Visual Voicemail from the Phone keypad by tapping . Voicemail Notification There are several ways your phone alerts you to a new message. By sounding the notification ringtone. By displaying in the Notifications area of the Status bar when a new voicemail message(s) are received. By displaying the number of new voicemail message(s) on the Voicemail app icon. Note: Your phone accepts voicemail even when it is turned off. However, your phone only notifies you of new messages when it is turned on and you are in a Sprint service area. When you are outside the Nationwide Sprint Network, you may not receive notification of new voicemail messages. Sprint recommends that you periodically check your voicemail by dialing 1 + area code + your wireless phone number. Roaming rates apply when you access voicemail while outside the Nationwide Sprint Network. Visual Voicemail Visual Voicemail offers a new way to manage your voicemail. Use Visual Voicemail to: View your voicemails as text. Choose messages to view. You dont have to listen to them in the order they arrived. Archive important messages. Compose new messages, and send them to Email, as a text message, or directly to Voicemail. Share messages via Email and text message. With a Premium account, you can read your voicemails, have them auto-forwarded to Email, or share them with Facebook or Twitter. 1. Press and tap Voicemail. 2. Follow the prompts to set up an account and learn about using Visual Voicemail. Note: You can also access Visual Voicemail from the Phone keypad by tapping . DRAFT For Internal Use Only Phone Calls 36 Logs The Logs tab of the Phone application lists all recent incoming, outgoing, and missed calls. View Logs The following procedures will guide you through viewing your call logs list. 1. Press and tap Phone > Logs. 2. To choose logs to display, tap > View by, and then tap All calls, Missed calls, Dialed calls, Received calls, or Rejected calls to filter the list. Logs Options The following procedures will guide you through accessing and understanding your call log options. 1. Press and tap Phone > Logs. 2. Touch and hold a call to display the options list. Copy to dialing screen Send number Add to Contacts/View contact Add to reject list Delete Clear Logs Follow these steps to clear the Logs list. 1. Press and tap Phone > Logs. 2. Tap > Delete. 3. Tap Select all or tap individual entries to select them. 4. Tap Delete and then tap Delete to confirm. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Contacts 37 Contacts The Contacts application lets you store and manage contacts from a variety of sources, including contacts you enter and save directly in your phone as well as contacts synchronized with your Google account, your PC, compatible email programs (including Exchange Server), and your Facebook friends. Get Started With Contacts Before using Contacts, its best to learn a few basics. Your phone automatically sorts the Contacts entries alphabetically. You can create a Google contact, a phone contact, or a Corporate (Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync) contact. Google contacts are synchronized between your phone and a Google account you set up on your phone. Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync contacts are synchronized between your phone and an Exchange Server or Microsoft Outlook account set up on your phone. Phone contacts are stored locally on the phone. Note: If the phone is ever reset to its factory default parameters, locally stored contacts (phone contacts) can be lost. Access Contacts There are a few ways to display Contacts. Press and tap Contacts. - or - Press and tap Phone > Contacts tab. Tip: To quickly move to a specific section in your contact list, tap a letter on the right side of the list to go directly to that letter in the alphabetical list. Contacts Options 1. Press and tap Contacts. 2. Tap to display the contacts list options. Delete: Allows you to choose contacts to erase. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Contacts 38 Import/Export: Imports or exports the selected contact information from a specified location. Merge accounts: Combines phone contacts with a Google or Samsung account. Accounts: Displays accounts set up on your phone. Speed dial setting: Allows you to assign a speed dial number to a selected contact. Send message/email: Allows you to create a new text message or email to selected contacts. Contacts to display: Allows you choose contacts to display, from accounts set up on your phone, or other sources. Settings: Displays options for viewing contacts, including whether to show only contacts with phone numbers and whether to list or display by first name or last name. There is also an option to specify how contacts are transferred to another device, either individually or as a full group. Help: Displays information about how to use Contacts. Add a Contact You can add contacts directly from the Contacts application. Enter details such as name, phone numbers, email addresses, mailing addresses, and more. 1. Press and tap Contacts. 2. Tap at the top of the screen. 3. If you have accounts set up on your phone, tap a storage account. 4. Touch contact fields to enter information. Tap and assign a picture to the new entry: Image: Choose a picture from Gallery. Pictures by people: Choose pictures by tags. Take picture: Take a new picture. S Memo: Choose an image from S Memo. Tap the Name field and use the onscreen keyboard to enter the full name. Tap next to the Name field to display additional name fields. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Contacts 39 Tap the Phone number field, and then enter the phone number. Tap to add another Phone number. Tap , and then choose a label for the number. Tap Groups to assign the contact to a group. Tap Ringtone to choose a ringtone to play for calls from the contact. Tap Message alert to choose a ringtone to play for new messages from the contact. Tap Vibration pattern to choose a vibration to play for new calls or messages from the contact. Tap Add another field to add new fields for the contact. 5. Tap Save to save the new contact. Save a Phone Number You can save a phone number to Contacts directly from the phone keypad. 1. Press and tap Phone. 2. Enter a phone number using the onscreen keypad. 3. Tap Add to Contacts, and then tap Create contact or Update existing. 4. Select an account for the contact, and then continue adding information for the contact, as desired. 5. Tap Save to save the contact. Note: If you have accounts set up on your phone, you can save the contact to an account. Edit a Contact Once youve added a contact, you can add or edit any of the information in the entry, assign a caller ID picture, customize with a unique ringtone, and more. Add or Edit Information for a Contact You can modify existing contact information to keep your information up-to-date. 1. Press and tap Contacts. 2. Tap a contact to display it, and then tap > Edit. Tip: You can also touch and hold the contact and then tap Edit. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Contacts 40 3. Tap any field you want to change or add. See Add a Contact. 4. Add or edit the information, and then tap Save. Assign a Picture to a Contact Adding a picture to a contact entry creates a more personal and easily recognized entry. For example, when receiving a call from one of your contacts, the associated picture will display. You can assign a picture from Gallery, or take a new picture with Camera. 1. Press and tap Contacts. 2. Tap a contact to display it, and then tap > Edit. 3. Tap , or the currently assigned picture, and then choose an option: Image: Choose a picture from Gallery. See Open Gallery for more information. Pictures by people: Choose a picture from tagged pictures in Gallery. Take picture: Launch Camera to take a new picture. S Memo: Launch S Memo to create a memo image. 4. Follow the prompts to save the picture to the contact. Tip: You can also touch and hold the contact and then tap Edit. Assign a Ringtone to a Contact You can assign a special ringtone to individual contacts for more personalization. 1. Press and tap Contacts. 2. Tap a contact to display it. 3. Tap the Ringtone field and choose a ringtone. You can choose a ringtone preloaded on your phone, or tap Add to choose a sound from Music. 4. Tap OK to assign the ringtone. Join a Contact When you have contacts from various sources (Gmail, phone, Facebook, etc.), you may have multiple similar entries for a single contact. Your phones Contacts application lets you link multiple entries into a single contact. 1. Press and tap Contacts. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Contacts 41 2. Tap a contact to display it, and then tap > Join contact. 3. Tap another entry to link it to the original contact. Note: You can join up to five contacts in a single entry. Delete a Contact You can delete a contact from the contacts details page. 1. Press and tap Contacts. 2. Tap a contact to display it, and then tap > Delete. Tip: You can also touch and hold the contact and then tap Delete. 3. Tap OK. Add Entries to Your Favorites The Favorites tab is a listing that can help you quickly access your most used or preferred Contacts entries. 1. Press and tap Contacts. 2. Touch and hold the entry name from the Contacts tab listing. 3. From the Contacts Entry context menu, tap Add to favorites. Note: You can also use the star icon on the Contacts details page to indicate favorites. Tap the star; the star turns yellow when the contact is a favorite. Create Groups This feature allows you to add a new or existing contact to a call group. This group can be one of the already present groups (Family, Friends, or Work) or a user-created group. To create a new group: 1. Press and tap Contacts. 2. Tap the Groups tab, and then tap > Create. 3. Tap fields to enter information about the group: Tap Group name to enter a name for the new group. Tap Group ringtone to select a ringtone for notifications for incoming calls from group members. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Contacts 42 Tap Message alert to select a ringtone for notifications for new messages from group members. Tap Vibration pattern to select a vibration pattern for alerts to incoming calls or messages from group members. 4. Tap Add member and select a member or members to add to the new group, and then tap Done. 5. Tap Save to save the new group. To add a contact to a group: 1. Press and tap Contacts. 2. Tap the Groups tab, and then tap a group. 3. Tap > Edit > Add member. 4. From the list of contacts, tap the contact(s) you want to add. (A green check-mark appears next to the selected entries.) 5. Tap Done > Save. To send a message to a group: 1. Press and tap Contacts. 2. Tap the Groups tab, and then tap a group. 3. Tap > Send message. 4. Select the recipients of the new message (indicated by a green checkmark) and then tap Done. 5. Type your message, and then tap . Share a Contact You can quickly share contacts using Bluetooth, Email, Gmail, Messaging, or Wi-Fi Direct. 1. Press and tap Contacts. 2. Tap a contact to display it, and then press > Share namecard via. 3. Choose a sending method, then follow the prompts to send the contact: DRAFT For Internal Use Only Contacts 43 Bluetooth: Send the information via Bluetooth. See Bluetooth for information on pairing and sending via Bluetooth. Email: Attach the contact to a new Email message. If prompted, select an email account. Address the message, add a subject and a message, and then tap Send. See Compose and Send Email for details on sending email. Gmail: Send the information as a Gmail attachment. Address the message, add a subject and a message, and then tap Send. See Send a Gmail Message for details. Messaging: Attach the contact to a message(converts the message to MMS). Select a contact or enter a wireless phone number or email address, enter any additional information, and then tap Send. For more information on text messaging, see Text and Multimedia Messaging. Wi-Fi Direct: Transfer the contact via a peer-to-peer Wi-Fi connection. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Accounts and Messaging 44 Accounts and Messaging With Sprint service and your phones messaging capabilities, you have the opportunity to share information through many different channels and accounts. Google Account Many of your phones applications, such as Gmail, Google Maps, Google Talk, and the Google Play Store, require a Google account. To use these applications, you must set up your Google account on your phone. Setting up your account on your phone syncs your phone and your online Google account. Create a Google Account If you do not already have a Google account, you can create one online or using your phone. Note: You can also create and sign into your Google/Gmail account through your phones Setup application. Although you need a Gmail account to use certain features of your phone, such as Google Play, you do not need to use Gmail as the default account for your phone. Create a Google Account Online 1. From a computer, launch a Web browser and navigate to www.google.com. 2. On the main page, click Sign in > SIGN UP. 3. Follow the onscreen prompts to create your free account. Create a Google Account Using Your Phone 1. Press and tap > Settings. 2. Tap Accounts > Add account > Google > New. 3. Follow the onscreen prompts to create your free account. Sign In to Your Google Account If you have a Google Account but have not yet signed in with your phone, follow these instructions to sign in to your Google Account. 1. Press and tap > Settings. 2. Tap Accounts > Add account > Google > Existing. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Accounts and Messaging 45 3. Follow the prompts to enter your Google account and password, and choose options for your account on your phone. Access Gmail After you set up your Google account on your phone, you are automatically signed in to your Gmail account, and you can access Gmail from your phone. 1. Press and tap Apps > Gmail. 2. Do any of the following: View more email messages: If the Inbox is full, swipe your finger up the screen to view more messages and conversations. Read a new email message: Tap a message or conversation with an new message (unread items display in bold). Select messages and conversations: Tap the box before the email or conversation. View the Inbox of another Gmail account: If you have more than one Google account set up on your phone, tap Inbox at the top of the screen and then choose an account to view. Send a Gmail Message Send and receive Gmail from your phone. 1. Press and tap Apps > Gmail. 2. From the Inbox, tap . 3. Enter the message recipients email address in the To field. You can add as many message recipients as you want. Note: To send a carbon copy (Cc) or a blind carbon copy (Bcc) of the email to other recipients, tap > Add Cc/Bcc. 4. Tap the Subject field and enter the email subject. 5. Tap the Compose email field and compose your email. To add an attachment, tap > Attach picture or Attach video. 6. To send the message, tap . DRAFT For Internal Use Only Accounts and Messaging 46 To save the current email as a draft, tap > Save draft. To view your draft email messages, from the Inbox, tap Inbox and then tap Drafts. To delete the current email message, tap > Discard. Read and Reply to Gmail Messages Below are procedures for reading and replying to Gmail messages. 1. Press and tap Apps > Gmail. 2. Tap a message to display its contents. Tip: You can also access new messages through the Notifications bar. When a new Gmail message arrives, youll see the icon in the Notifications bar. Touch and hold the bar and slide it down to display notifications. Tap a message to display it. 3. Tap to display the reply screen. 4. Tap the menu at the top of the screen, and then tap Reply, Reply All, or Forward. 5. To send the message, tap . Samsung Account Create a Samsung account, for access to Samsung apps and services, such as Samsung Hub, Samsung Apps, Samsung Link, and much more. When you sign in to your Samsung account on your phone, can access Samsung-specific content and features. 1. Press and tap > Settings. 2. Tap Accounts > Add account >Samsung account, and then tap Sign in or Create new account. 3. Follow the prompts to sign into your account, or create a new account. Note: Tap Help for more information about Samsung accounts, or for help with your account. Email Use the Email application to send and receive email from your webmail or other accounts. You can also access your Exchange ActiveSync email on your phone. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Accounts and Messaging 47 Add an Email Account Email allows you to send and receive email using various email services. You can also receive text message alerts when you receive an important email. 1. Press and tap Apps > Email. Enter your email address in the Email address field. 2. Enter your password in the Password field. To see your password as you enter it, tap 3.Show password. Tap Next to start automatic email setup. If you need to configure custom settings, tap 4.Manual setup and then enter your settings. These may include mail type, user name, password, server, security type, etc. Follow the onscreen prompts to configure options for the account. 5. Tap Done to complete setup. 6.Note: You can also add email accounts from Settings. Press and tap > Settings > Accounts > Add account. Add a Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync Account The Email application also provides access to your Microsoft Exchange account from your phone. If your company uses Microsoft Exchange Server 2003, 2007, or 2010 as the corporate email system, you can use this email application to wirelessly synchronize your email, Contacts, and Task information directly with your companys Exchange server. Use the following procedure to synchronize your phone with a corporate email account. Note: You can set up multiple Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync accounts on your phone. 1. Press and tap Apps > Email. 2. Enter your email address in the Email address field. 3. Enter your password in the Password field. To see your password as you enter it, tap Show password. 4. Tap Next to start automatic email setup. For systems that require custom settings, tap Manual setup and then enter your settings. You may need to consult your network administrator for this information: Domain\Username: Enter your network domain and username, separated by \. Password: Enter your network access password (case-sensitive). DRAFT For Internal Use Only Accounts and Messaging 48 Exchange Server: Enter your systems Exchange server remote email address. Obtain this information from your company network administrator. Use secure connection (SSL): Tap to place a checkmark in the box, if your system requires SSL encryption. Use client certification: Tap to place a checkmark in the box, if your system requires certification. 5. Follow the onscreen prompts to configure options for the account. 4. Tap Done to complete setup. Note: You can also add email accounts from Settings. Press and tap > Settings > Accounts > Add account. Compose and Send Email Compose and send email using any account you have set up on your phone. Increase your productivity by attaching files such as pictures, videos, or documents to your email messages. 1. Press and tap Apps > Email. 2. From the Inbox, tap. 3. Tap fields to compose your message: Tap the To field and enter the recipients email address. You can add multiple message recipients. To send a carbon copy (Cc) or a blind carbon copy (Bcc) of the current email to other recipients, tap the Cc/Bcc field. Tap the Subject field and enter the email subject. Tap the text entry field and compose your email. To add an attachment, tap . Choose from the following: My Files, Images, Take picture, Video, Record video, Audio, Record audio, S Memo, Calendar, Contacts, or Location. Tap for more options, including Send email to myself, Schedule sending, Priority, Tracking options, and Security options. 4. To send the message, tap . DRAFT For Internal Use Only Accounts and Messaging 49 Reply or Forward Email Reading and replying to email on your phone is as simple as on your computer. 1. Press and tap Apps > Email. 2. On the email account Inbox, tap a message to view it. 3. Tap (Reply), (Reply all) to reply to the original recipient list, or tap (Forward) to forward the message to new recipient(s) in the To field. 4. Enter a message (if desired) and then tap . Manage Your Email Inbox The following procedures allow you to view, refresh, sort, and delete your email messages. View Your Email Inbox 1. Press and tap Apps > Email. 2. If you have multiple accounts set up on your phone, tap the toolbar at the top of the screen and then choose one from the menu. Synchronize an Email Account Whatever your automatic synchronization settings are, you can also synchronize your sent and received email messages manually at any time. 1. Press and tap Apps > Email. 2. Select an email account. If you are already in an email account, tap the account name field (upper-left) to open the complete email account list page. Select an available email account. 3. Tap Sync. Sort Email Messages 1. Press and tap Apps > Email. 2. On the email account Inbox, tap > Sort by. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Accounts and Messaging 50 3. Select an option to sort email messages. Delete Email Messages 1. Press and tap Apps > Email. 2. On the email account Inbox, touch and hold the message you want to delete. or Tap the check boxes beside email you want to delete. 3. On the pop-up menu, tap Delete. Tap Delete again to confirm. Edit Email Settings You can edit general preferences, which apply to all email accounts, or configure settings for specific email accounts, such as email address and password, name display and signature, frequency of retrieval, and more. Note: Available settings depend on the type of email account. Edit General Preferences 1. Press and tap Apps > Email. 2. Tap > Settings > General settings to configure settings. Available settings depend on the type of email account, and may include: Auto-advance: Choose how the email list displays after you delete or move an email. Message preview line: Choose the number of lines displayed in the email list to give you a preview of an emails contents. Title line in list: Choose the title line (in bold for unread messages), to display the sender or the subject. Confirm deletions: Choose whether the phone prompts you to confirm the action when you mark emails for deletion. Quick responses: Create and edit text strings that you can add to an email to respond quickly. Spam addresses: Create a list of email addresses and domains, to block emails from these senders. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Accounts and Messaging 51 Priority sender settings: Maintain a list of email addresses to ensure that emails from the addresses receive priority handling. Rules for filtering: Set filters and manage filtered email. Email notifications: Choose whether notifications for new emails are displayed in the Status bar at the top of the screen. Delay email sending: Delay the sending of emails so that they can be cancelled if needed. When enabled, a Cancel button will display for a specified time after tap Send. If you enable Delay email sending, use the Set length of delay option to choose how long to delay. Default image size: Set the default size of images you attach to emails. Edit Account Settings You can edit settings for your individual email accounts, such as email address and password, name display and signature, frequency of retrieval, and more. Note: Available settings depend on the type of email account. 1. Press and tap Apps > Email. 2. Tap > Settings, and then tap an account to configure settings: Email notifications: When enabled, an icon displays in the Status bar when you receive new emails. Select ringtone: Choose a ringtone to play for new email notifications. Vibrate: When enabled, vibration plays for new email notifications. Sync Email: When enabled, your phone maintains synchronization with your email account. The last synchronization is displayed. Sync schedule: Set options for synchronizing your phone with your email account. Available when Sync Email is enabled. Period to sync Email: Choose a period of time to maintain synchronization between your phone and email account. Size to retrieve emails: Choose a maximum size for emails, for your phone to automatically retrieve during synchronization. For larger emails, your phone will prompt you to download the contents when you open them. Signature: When On, a text signature is automatically added to emails you send. Tap the ON ON/OFF switch to turn signatures On or Off. After turning signatures On, tap Signature to edit the default text signature. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Accounts and Messaging 52 Default account: Assign an account as the default email account for outgoing messages. When you launch an email from other apps, the email will automatically be from this account. More settings: Configure other options, including the account name, carbon copy and blind carbon copy, synchronization, and security options. Account name: Enter a name to identify this email account. Always Cc/Bcc myself: Choose options for sending a copy of emails you send to yourself, as a copy (Cc) or blind copy (Bcc). Forward with attachments: Choose whether to automatically include attachments when forwarding an email. Show images: Choose whether to automatically display embedded images in the body of an email. Auto download attachments: Choose whether the phone automatically downloads email attachments when you are connected to Wi-Fi. You might use this option to control how and whether you use your plans data services to download attachments. Auto resend times: Choose the number of times the phone attempts to resend an email after a delivery failure. Folder sync settings: Choose folders to synchronize between your phone and account. Period to sync Calendar: Choose the period for synchronizing calendar events between your phone and account. Sync Contacts: Choose whether contacts are synchronized between your phone and the account. Sync Calendar: Choose whether calendar events are synchronized between your phone and the account. Sync Task: Choose whether emails are synchronized between your phone and the account. In case of sync conflict: Choose whether information from the server or phone has priority when there is a conflict. Security options: Configure advanced security options, including encryption. Exchange server settings: Configure the Domain\user name, Password, and other Exchange server settings. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Accounts and Messaging 53 Delete an Email Account If you no longer want an email account on your phone, you can remove it. 1. Press and tap Apps > Email. 2. Tap > Settings, and then tap . 3. Tap an account to mark it for deletion. 4. Tap Delete, and then follow the prompts to delete the account. Text and Multimedia Messaging With Text Messaging (SMS), you can send and receive text messages between your phone and another phone that supports messaging. Multimedia messages, (MMS), can contain text and pictures, recorded voice, audio or video files, picture slideshows, contact namecards (vCard), or calendar events (vCalendar). See your service plan for applicable charges for messaging. Send a Text Message (SMS) Quickly compose and sent text messages on your phone. 1. Press and tap Messaging. 2. Tap . 3. Tap Enter recipient, and then enter a contact name, a mobile phone number, or an email address using the onscreen keyboard. As you enter letters, possible matches from your accounts and contacts display on the screen. Touch a match to add it to the message. 4. Tap Enter message and enter your message. 5. Review your message and tap . Send a Multimedia Message (MMS) When you need to add a little more to a text message, you can send a multimedia message (MMS) text and pictures, recorded voice, audio or video files, picture slideshows, contact namecards (vCard), or calendar events (vCalendar). Composing MMS messages is the same as composing text messages, except that you attach a file to the message. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Accounts and Messaging 54 1. Press and tap Messaging. 2. Tap . 3. Tap Enter recipient, and then enter a contact name, a mobile phone number, or an email address using the onscreen keyboard. As you enter letters, possible matches from your accounts and contacts display on the screen. Touch a match to add it to the message. 4. Tap Enter message and enter your message. 5. To add an attachment, tap , and then select a file to attach: Image: Choose a picture from Gallery. Take picture: Launch the Camera to take a photo, and then add it to your message by tapping Save. Video: Choose a video from Gallery. Record video: Launch the Camera to record a video, and then add it to your message by tapping Save. Audio: Choose a sound from Music. Record audio: Launch Voice Recorder to record a new sound. S Memo: Launch S Memo to choose or create a memo. For more information, see S Memo. Calendar: Add an event from your calendar. Location: Attach a map showing your location. Contacts: Add a contact entry (namecard) to the message. 6. When done, tap to send the message. Save and Resume a Draft Message If you tap while composing a text or multimedia message, or leave the Messaging screen, the message is automatically saved as a draft. To resume composing a Draft message: 1. Press and tap Messaging. 2. On the Messaging screen, tap the message with the with Draft marked. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Accounts and Messaging 55 3. When you finish editing the message, tap . New Messages Notification Depending on your notification settings, the phone will play a ringtone, vibrate, or display the message briefly in the status bar when you receive a new text or multimedia message. To change the notification for new text and multimedia messages, see Text and MMS Settings for details. A new message icon also appears in the notifications area of the status bar to notify you of a new text or multimedia message. The Messaging application icon also displays the number of new messages. To open the message, touch and hold the status bar, and then slide the status bar down to open the Notifications panel. Tap the new message to open and read it. For information on reading and replying to messages see Managing Message Conversations. Managing Message Conversations Text and multimedia messages that are sent to and received from a contact (or a number) are grouped into conversations or message threads in the All messages screen. Threaded text or multimedia messages let you see exchanged messages (similar to a chat program) with a contact on the screen. To read a text message: On the Messaging screen, tap the text message or message thread to open and read it. If you have a new message notification, slide the status bar down to open the Notifications panel. Tap the new message to open and read it. Note: To view the details of a particular message, in the message thread, touch and hold the message to open the options menu, and then tap View message details. If a message contains a link to a Web page, tap the message and then tap the link to open it in the Web browser. If a message contains a phone number, tap the message and then tap the phone number to dial the number or add it to your contacts. To view a multimedia message (MMS): 1. Press and tap Messaging. 2. From the message list, tap a message to display it. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Accounts and Messaging 56 3. While the message is open, tap the play icon (on a video or audio file) to play back the file or tap an image to view a picture. Note: The file attachment on the MMS message can be saved to an optional installed memory card (not included). Touch and hold on the attachment, and then tap Save attachment. Select the attachment check box and tap Save. To reply to a text or multimedia message: 1. Press and tap Messaging. 2. From the message list, tap a message. 3. Tap the Enter message field and then type your reply message. 4. Once complete, tap . To protect a message from deletion: You can lock a message so that it will not be deleted even if you delete the other messages in the conversation. 1. Press and tap Messaging. 2. On the Messaging screen, tap a message thread. 3. Touch and hold the message that you want to lock. 4. Tap Lock message on the options menu. A lock icon displays at the lower right hand side of the message. To delete a message thread: 1. Press and tap Messaging. 2. Touch and hold the message thread that you want to delete. 3. Tap Delete thread and follow the prompts to delete the thread. To delete several message threads: 1. Press and tap Messaging. 2. Tap > Delete threads. 3. Select the message threads you want to delete and tap Delete. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Accounts and Messaging 57 Note: Locked messages will not be deleted, unless you select the Include protected messages check box before confirming the deletion. To delete a single message: 1. Press and tap Messaging. 2. While viewing a message thread, touch and hold the message that you want to delete. Note: If the message is locked, tap Unlock message on the Message options menu and then touch and hold the message to display the options menu again. 3. Tap Delete message on the options menu, and then follow the prompts to confirm the deletion. To view contact details and communicate with a contact: When you receive a message from someone in your stored contacts, you can tap the contacts photo or icon in the message thread to open a menu of options. Depending on the stored contact information, you can view the contact details, phone, or send an email message to the contact, and more. Text and MMS Settings The messages settings menu lets you control options for your text and MMS messages including message limits, size settings, and notifications. 1. Press and tap Messaging. 2. Tap >Settings. 3. Configure message settings: Delete old messages allows the phone to automatically delete the oldest messages when the maximum number of messages is reached. Set the maximum number of messages with the Text message limit and Multimedia message limit settings below. Text message limit allows you to set the maximum number of text messages per conversation. Multimedia message limit allows you to set the maximum number of multimedia messages per conversation. Text templates allows you to create and manage text strings that you can add to messages. Auto combination allows you to choose whether long messages that are received in multiple parts are automatically re-assembled to display as a single message. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Accounts and Messaging 58 Group messaging allows you to control how messages to multiple recipients are handled. When enabled, a single message is sent to multiple recipients. When disabled, a separate message is sent to each recipient. Auto-retrieve allows you to choose whether message attachment(s) are automatically downloaded when you display a multimedia message. If you disable this option, only the message header displays in the message list, and youll be prompted to download the attachment(s). Roaming auto-retrieve allows you to choose whether message attachment(s) are automatically downloaded while your phone is in roaming mode. MMS alert allows you to have the phone alert you when you make a change to a message that will convert the message to a multimedia message (MMS). Bubble style allows you to choose how messages appear on the screen. Bubbles are the boxes that surround each message. Background style allows you to choose the background of the message screen. Use the volume key allows you to change the text size while reading a message by pressing the Volume Key up or down. Notifications allows you specify whether notifications for new messages display in the status bar. Select ringtone allows you to set the ringtone for your message notifications. Vibrate allows you to choose whether vibration plays along with the ringtone for new message notifications. Message alert repetition allows you to choose how often your phone notifies you of new message(s). Preview message allows you to choose whether a preview of a new message appears in the status bar with the message notification. Emergency Alerts allows you to configure emergency alert settings. You can enable or disable some alerts: Extreme Alert, Severe Alert, Amber Alert, and Emergency alert test messages. You cannot disable Presidential alerts. Important! The Commercial Mobile Alert System (CMAS) system provides the government the ability to send geographically targeted notifications of emergencies, such as threats to public safety, severe weather events, a hazardous material spill or a missing child in the phone users area. Emergency notification preview allows you to play a sample emergency alert tone. Tap Stop to cancel the playback. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Accounts and Messaging 59 Vibrate allows you to select vibrate options for emergency messages. Alert reminder allows you to configure the reminder interval. Add signature allows you add a text signature to all messages you send. Signature text allows you to enter a text signature, when Add signature is enabled. Spam settings allows you to filter incoming messages for spam messages. Add to spam numbers allows you to enter telephone numbers, to automatically flag messages from the numbers as spam, when Spam settings is enabled. Add to spam phrases allows you to enter a text phrase, to automatically flag messages as spam when they contain the phrase. Available when Spam settings are enabled. Block unknown senders allows you to automatically block messages from numbers that are not stored as contacts on your phone. Social Networking Accounts Stay in touch on the go with all your social networking accounts. Post updates on Facebook and Twitter, review your LinkedIn contacts, see what everyones talking about on YouTube, and more. YouTube YouTube is a video sharing website on which users can upload and share videos. The site is used to display a wide variety of user-generated video content, including movie clips, TV clips, and music videos, as well as video content such as video blogging, informational shorts, and other original videos. YouTube is a data-intensive feature. Sprint recommends that you upgrade to an unlimited data plan to avoid unexpected data charges. 1. Press > Apps > YouTube. 2. Tap to enter keywords in the Search field to search for specific videos, scroll down to browse through the main page thumbnails, or scroll to the bottom to explore additional options. 3. To view a video, tap an available preview thumbnail or tap the title link. Note: It is not necessary to sign in to the YouTube site to view content. However, if you wish to sign in to access additional options tap the ACCOUNT tab. Select an account (if available) or create a new account. (Even if you sign in to YouTube via the Web, you must separately sign in via your phone.) DRAFT For Internal Use Only Accounts and Messaging 60 Google Talk Google Talk is a free Windows and Web-based application for instant messaging offered by Google. Conversation logs are automatically saved to a Chats area in your Gmail account. This allows you to search a chat log and store them in your Gmail accounts. 1. Press > Apps > Talk. 2. Tap ADD ACCOUNT to add a Google account to Google Talk. Tap New to create a new Google account, or tap Existing to sign in to an existing Google account. 3. After entering your user name and password, tap Sign in. 4. Begin using Google Talk. Note: If you have already signed into your Google account, it displays on the Talk application screen. Google+ Google+ makes messaging and sharing with your friends a lot easier. You can set up Circles of friends, visit the Stream to get updates from your Circles, use Messenger for fast messaging with everyone in your Circles, or use Instant Upload to automatically upload videos and photos to your own private album on Google+. Visit www.google.com/mobile/+/ for more information. Google+ is part of your Google account, and uses your Google account sign-in. Before using Google+, set up your Google account on your phone. For more information, see Create a Google Account or Sign In to Your Google Account. 1. Press > Apps > Google+. The app will sign in to your Google account. If you are signed into more than one Google account, select the account you would like to use with Google+. 2. Follow the onscreen instructions to use Google+. Google Messenger Messenger allows you to bring groups of friends together into a simple group conversation. When you get a new conversation in Messenger, Google+ sends an update to your phone. Messenger is part of your Google account, and uses your Google account sign-in. Before using Messenger, set up your Google account on your phone. For more information, see Create a Google Account or Sign In to Your Google Account. 1. Press > Apps > Messenger. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Accounts and Messaging 61 2. If prompted, configure the Instant Upload parameters as desired and tap Continue. 3. If prompted, configure the Sync contacts parameter (Sync contacts or Dont sync) and tap Continue. If you are signed into more than one Google account, select the account you would like to use with Google+. (Messenger is a component of Google+.) 4. Follow any onscreen setup instructions. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Apps and Entertainment 62 Apps and Entertainment All your phones features are accessible through the Applications list. DivX DivX is a digital media format that provides your phone with high-quality videos. DivX Legal Information DivX, DivX Certified and associated logos are trademarks of Rovi Corporation or its subsidiaries and are used under license. DivX Certified to play DivX video up to HD 720p, including premium content. ABOUT DIVX VIDEO: DivX is a digital video format created by DivX, LLC, a subsidiary of Rovi Corporation. This is an official DivX Certified device that has passed rigorous testing to verify that it plays DivX video. Visit divx.com for more information and software tools to convert your files into DivX videos. ABOUT DIVX VIDEO-ON-DEMAND: This DivX Certified device must be registered in order to play purchased DivX Video-on-Demand (VOD) movies. To obtain your registration code, locate the DivX VOD section in your device setup menu (tap Apps > Settings > More > About device > Legal information > License settings > DivX VOD > Register). Go to vod.divx.com for more information on how to complete your registration. Important! DivX VOD content is protected by a DivX DRM (Digital Rights Management) system that restricts playback to registered DivX Certified devices. Locate Your VOD Registration Number Follow these procedures to locate your VOD registration number. Press and tap > Settings > More > About device > Legal information > License settings > DivX VOD > Register. Register Your DivX Device for VOD Playback of Purchased Movies To play purchased DivX movies on your phone, you will first need to complete a one-time registration using both your phone and your computer. 1. Locate your VOD Registration code. Press and tap > Settings > More > About device > Legal information > License settings > DivX VOD > Register. 2. Open the DivX Player on your computer. To download the free player for your computer, visit divx.com. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Apps and Entertainment 63 3. From the DivX Player on your computer, choose the VOD menu and select Register a DivX Certified Device. Follow the prompts to log in, or create a DivX account if you dont already have one. 4. Follow the instructions in DivX Player to enter your phones VOD registration code and create a phone nickname. 5. Choose a location on your computer to download the DivX registration video, then download the file. 6. Connect your phone to the computer via USB and transfer the DivX registration video to your phone. From the Registration screen (Transfer), select USB (the phone) as the target destination for the DivX registration video and tap Start. Return to the DivX VOD Manager screen (from within your computers DivX Player) and confirm both your computer and your new phone appears in the list of registered DivX devices. Note: There is no special registration or configuration necessary to play back DRM-free DivX movies. Registration of your phone is only required for playback of DivX material. Google Play Store The Google PlayTM Store app is the place to go to find new Android apps, games, movies, music, and books for your phone. Choose from a wide variety of free and paid apps ranging from productivity apps to games. When you find an app you want, you can easily download and install it on your phone. To access the Google Play Store app, you must first connect to the Internet using your phones Wi-Fi or Sprint 4G or 3G data connection and sign in to your Google Account. See Web and Data and Google for details. Important! Sprints policies often do not apply to third-party applications. Third-party applications may access your personal information or require Sprint to disclose your customer information to the third-party application provider. To find out how a third-party application will collect, access, use, or disclose your personal information, check the application providers policies, which can usually be found on their website. If you arent comfortable with the third-party applications policies, dont use the application. Find and Install an App When you install apps from the Google Play Store app and use them on your phone, they may require access to your personal information (such as your location, contact data, and more) or access to certain functions or settings of your phone. Download and install only apps that you trust. Note: You need a Google WalletTM account to purchase items from the Google Play Store app. See Create a Google Wallet Account to set up a Google Wallet account if you do not have one. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Apps and Entertainment 64 1. Press and tap Apps > Play Store. 2. Browse through the categories to find an app you're interested in, and tap the name. 3. Read the app descriptions. 4. Tap Install or Download (for free applications) or the price (for paid applications). 5. The subsequent screen notifies you whether the app will require access to your personal information or access to certain functions or settings of your phone. If you agree to the conditions, tap Accept & download (for free apps) or Accept & buy (for paid apps) to begin downloading and installing the app. Warning! Read the notification carefully! Be especially cautious with apps that have access to many functions or a significant amount of your data. Once you agree to the download and installation on this screen, you are responsible for the results of using this item on your phone. Create a Google Wallet Account You must have a Google Wallet account associated with your Google Account to purchase items from the Google Play Store app. The first time you turn on your phone, the setup process will prompt you to create a Google Wallet account. If you did not create one at setup, you can create an account at any time using one of these methods: On your computer, go to google.com/wallet/ to create a Google Wallet account. or The first time you use your phone to buy an item from Google Play, follow the prompts to enter your billing information to set up a Google Wallet account. Warning: When youve used Google Wallet once to purchase an application from the Google Play Store app, the phone remembers your password, so you dont need to enter it the next time. For this reason, you should secure your phone to prevent others from using it without your permission. (For more information, see Lock screen.) Open an Installed App There are several options for opening an installed app. Press and tap Apps, and then tap the app icon. Uninstall an App You can uninstall any app that you have downloaded and installed from Google Play. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Apps and Entertainment 65 1. Press and tap and tap Settings > More > Application manager > Downloaded. 2. Tap the app you want to uninstall, and then tap Uninstall. 3. When prompted, tap OK to remove the app from your phone. 4. Once the app is removed, tap OK again to return to the Application manager. Navigation Your phone offers a number of location-based navigation programs to help you figure out where you are and get you where youre going. Google Maps Use the Google Maps application to find directions, location information, business addresses, etc. Determine your current location with or without GPS, get driving and transit directions and get phone numbers and addresses for local businesses. For more information about Google Maps, visit maps.google.com. To use Google Maps, enable your phones GPS location services and agree to share location information with Google. To enable your phones GPS Location feature: 1. Press and tap > Settings > More > Location services. 2. Tap Use GPS satellites. A green checkmark indicates the GPS location feature is enabled. To launch the Google Maps application: Press and tap Apps > Maps. Google Navigation Another Google Maps navigation application is available on your phone. It uses your current location (provided by the GPS feature of your phone) to provide various location-based services. For more information about Google Maps, visit www.google.com/mobile/maps. Press and tap Apps > Navigation. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Apps and Entertainment 66 Scout Scout by Telenav is a daily personal navigator that helps you get where youre going. It lets you see and hear turn-by-turn directions and it can provide important, personalized information about traffic and alternate routes. Press and tap Apps > Scout. Samsung Apps Browse, search, and find apps to download and install on your phone. Log in to your Samsung account to manage your downloads. Press and tap Apps > Samsung Apps. Music Your phone lets you discover, download, and listen to your favorite music through a variety of applications. Note: For information about loading music onto your phone, see Transfer Files Between Your Phone and a Computer. Google Play Music Google Play Music lets you browse, shop, and play back songs purchased from the Google Play Store app, as well as songs you have loaded from your own music library. The music you choose is automatically stored in your Google Music library and instantly ready to play or download. For more information about Google Play Music, visit music.google.com. Note: For information about loading music onto your phone, see Transfer Files Between Your Phone and a Computer. Press and tap Apps > Play Music. Music The Music app plays music files. Use Music to browse your music library, play songs, and create playlists. You can also set songs as ringtones for incoming calls, or as alarm tones. Note: For information about loading music onto your phone, see Transfer Files Between Your Phone and a Computer. When you close the Music screen, playback will continue in the background, so you can listen to music while you use other features of your phone. When music is playing in the background, you can access playback controls from Notifications. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Apps and Entertainment 67 Play Music 1. Press and tap Apps > Music. 2. Tap the category tabs at the top of the screen. The default tabs are Songs, Playlists, Albums, Artists, Music square, and Folders. You may have to swipe your finger right or left along the tabs to see all of them. 3. Scroll through the list and tap a song to begin. While playing music, use these controls: Tap to move to the previous song. Tap to move to the next song. Tap the repeat button to control playback. Choose to play all songs once. Choose to repeat all songs. Choose to repeat the current song. Tap the shuffle button to control the order songs are played. Choose to play songs in the order they appear in the list. Choose to play songs in random order. Tap to mark a song as a favorite. When a song is a favorite, the star is orange. Favorite songs are included in the Favorites playlist. Tap to set the volume. You can also set volume by pressing the Volume Key on the side of the phone. Tap to share music with nearby devices using Group Play. 4. To close Music and stop playback, tap > End. Use Playlists Create playlists to group songs, so you can listen to them together. 1. Press and tap Apps > Music. 2. Tap the Playlists tab, and then use these options: Tap an existing playlist to play its songs. Tap > Create playlist to create a new playlist. Follow the prompts to name the playlist, and then select songs for the playlist. Tap for other options, including Edit title, to rename playlists. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Apps and Entertainment 68 Note: While playing music, you can touch and hold on a song to choose Add to playlist. Set a Song as a Ringtone or Alarm Tone You can set a song as a ringtone for all incoming calls, or for a contact. You can also set a song as an alarm tone. 3. Press and tap Apps > Music. 4. Scroll through the list to find a song, and then touch and hold on the song. 5. Choose Set as, and then use these options: Choose how to use the song: From the beginning: Plays the song from the beginning. Auto recommendations: Plays the best part of the song, as detected by the Music app. Choose what to set the song as: Phone ringtone: Plays the song for all incoming calls. Caller ringtone: Plays the song for calls from a Contact. Alarm tone: Plays the song as the notification for alarms. 6. After choosing options, tap OK, and then follow the prompts to complete the setup. Music Options 1. Press and tap Apps > Music. 2. Tap for options. Available options depend on the tab: Add to playlist/Create playlist: Depending on the tab, you can add songs to a playlist, or create a new playlist. Via Bluetooth: Share music with another Bluetooth-compatible device. For more information about using Bluetooth, see Bluetooth. Delete: On the Songs or Playlists tabs, you can choose songs to delete, or delete playlists. Search: Enter keywords to search for songs. Scan for nearby devices: Search for nearby DLNA-compatible devices, to share music. For more information, see Nearby devices. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Apps and Entertainment 69 Settings: Configure settings for music and playback, including: SoundAlive: Choose a setting to match the type of music. Adapt Sound: Customize sound output when you are listening with earphones. Only available when earphones are inserted into the Earphone Jack. Play speed: Touch and drag the slider to set the default speed for music playback. Music menu: Choose categories for the tabs on the main Music screen. Music auto off: Choose a time period for music to play, after which Music will end. Lyrics: When enabled, lyrics display for songs as they play, if the lyric information is stored in the music file. Smart volume: When enabled, Music automatically adjusts the volume of all songs to an equal level. Voice control: When enabled, you can control music playback by speaking commands. Follow the prompts to configure Voice control settings. End: Close Music. Sprint Music Plus With Sprint Music Plus and the Music Store, Ringtone Store, and Ringback Tone Store, you can purchase, download, and play music, ringtones, and ringback tones for your phone. Install the Sprint Music Plus App on Your Phone Before you use Sprint Music Plus on your phone, you must download and install the app from the Google Play Store app. 1. Press and tap Apps > Play Store. 2. Tap the Search icon and search for "sprint music plus". 3. Tap Sprint Music Plus from the results list. 4. Follow the prompts to download and install the app. 5. When the download has completed, tap Open. Access Sprint Music Plus 1. Press and tap Apps > Play Store. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Apps and Entertainment 70 2. Touch My Library, select a category, and touch a song to begin playback. Tap the onscreen navigation tools to skip ahead or rewind. Touch [menu icon] at any time to see additional options. To stop playback and exit the application, tap > More > Exit. Google Play Movies The Google Play Movies application allows you to connect to the Google Play Store app, download a movie and then watch it instantly. Choose from thousands of movies, including new releases and HD titles in Google Play and stream them instantly on your Android phone. Previously rented movies are automatically added to your My Movies library across your phones. Learn more about Google Play Movies at: play.google.com/about/movies. Press and tap Apps > Play Movies & TV. Google Play Books Discovering your favorite books and authors has never been easier. With Google Play Books, you can shop the world's largest selection of ebooks and read them anywhere you like - on a tablet, phone, ereader, or the Web. Press and tap Apps > Play Books. Google Play Magazines Enjoy your favorite magazines, anywhere you go. Discover hundreds of bestselling magazines on Google Play. You can shop a wide selection of titles, from cooking to technology, travel, fashion, sports, photography, and so much more. It's never been easier to find a great read to enjoy on vacation, lounging at home or on your morning commute. Buy new issues or back issues, subscribe and get free 14 or 30-day trials, and customize your reading experience for Android tablet or phone. Press and tap Apps > Play Magazines. Group Play Use Group Play to share media from your phone to other devices, via Wi-Fi, using your phone as an AP (Access Point). Many of your phones apps offer sharing via Group Play. Tap to find sharing options, usually from the Share via list of options. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Apps and Entertainment 71 To use Group Play, all participants must be connected to the same Wi-Fi network. Important: If you are using Group Play via an unsecured Wi-Fi network, your information may be vulnerable to unauthorized third parties while being transferred. Use Group Play only for personal and non-profit purposes. Using Group Play for commercial use violates copyright law. The company is not responsible for copyright infringement by users. Create a Group and Share Note: To use Group Play, all participants must be connected to the same Wi-Fi network. 1. Press and tap Apps > Group Play. 2. Tap Set group password > Create Group, and then follow the prompts to create a group. Youll need to set up a group password, which participants will use to join your Group Play session. 3. After you create the group, your phone turns on the mobile AP (Access Point). Follow the onscreen directions to bring other devices back-to-back with your phone to join the group. 4. Choose options for sharing: Share music: Select music stored on your phone or on an optional installed memory card (not included). Share pictures: Select pictures stored on your phone or on an optional installed memory card (not included). Share documents: Select documents stored on your phone or on an optional installed memory card (not included). Play games: Play games with other participants. Note: For more information about using Group Play, tap > Help. Join a Group 1. Press and tap Apps > Group Play. 2. Tap Join Group. Your phone scans for nearby available groups. Your device can only detect groups on the same Wi-Fi network your phone is connected to. 3. Select a group to join. After connecting, you can see and interact with the groups shared media. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Apps and Entertainment 72 Sprint Zone Access your Sprint account, get device information and help, find recommended apps, and more. Press and tap Apps > Sprint Zone. Sprint TV & Movies With Sprint TV & Movies, you can watch live TV and access movies and other on demand entertainment on the go. Note: Coverage not available everywhere. Content and lineup subject to change. Select channels also available for casual usage. Go to sprintchannels.mobitv.com for more information. Install the Sprint TV & Movies App on Your Phone Before you use Sprint Music Plus on your phone, you must download and install the app from the Google Play Store app. Press and tap Apps > Play Store. 1. Touch the Search icon and search for "sprint tv". 2. Touch Sprint TV & Movies from the results list, and then follow the onscreen 3.instructions to download and install the app. Your Sprint TV Channel Options The Sprint TV application offers a wide variety of accessible channels. Subscription options include comprehensive basic packages as well as a full menu of a la carte channels. Visit sprintchannels.mobitv.com for more information on channels and pricing. Watch TV 1. Press and tap Apps > SprintTV & Movies. 2. Depending on your settings, your phone may prompt you to accept a data connection. 3. In the top bar, touch an option to see whats available. 4. Browse through the available programming and touch a clip or channel to view the program. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Apps and Entertainment 73 Note: The first time you access a channel that requires a subscription, you will be prompted to purchase access. Touch Subscribe to purchase access, or touch Preview to see a preview of the selected channel. Tip: For quick access, touch a featured item in the center of the screen or select a live channel from the bottom bar. Samsung Link Samsung Link makes staying connected easy. You can wirelessly synchronize your Samsung device with your TV, stream content, and even keep tabs on who calls or sends text messages with real-time, on-screen monitoring. Samsung Link allows users to share their in-device media content with other external devices using DLNA certified (Digital Living Network Alliance) Devices. These external devices must also be DLNA-compliant. Wi-Fi capability can be provided to TVs via a digital multimedia streamer. Samsung Link uses your Samsung account. For more information, see Samsung Account. Both your device, and the devices that connect to your device, must be on the same Wi-Fi access point (AP). For more information about using Wi-Fi, see Wi-Fi. 1. Press and tap Apps > Samsung Link. 2. Follow the prompts to sign in to your Samsung account and learn about Samsung Link. 3. On the Samsung Link screen, swipe your finger left or right across the screen to scroll between: MY RECENT CONTENT: Media youve recently viewed. DEVICES & STORAGE: Choose an option: Registered storage: Add storage service(s) to view multimedia files anywhere. Storage services include Web storage, such as DropBox or other services. Web storage is sometimes referred to as the cloud. Registered devices: Stream or share multimedia content from your device to other DLNA-compliant devices connected to the same Wi-Fi network. When you launch Samsung Link, compatible devices on the same Wi-Fi network display automatically in Registered devices. Configure Samsung Link Settings Configure Samsung Link options, such as storage location, account information, and registered storage services. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Apps and Entertainment 74 1. Press and tap Apps > Samsung Link. 2. Tap > Settings for options: Registered storage: Add a Web storage service, to view or share files. My device: View your device name, used by other devices to identify your device. Tap to change the device name. Save to: Choose a default file storage location. You can save to your phones internal memory or to an optional installed memory card (not included). Auto upload: When turned On, photos and videos from your device will be automatically uploaded to a Web storage service. You can also choose how files are uploaded. Turn On Use mobile network to allow your phone to use your phones connection to the wireless data network, or turn it Off to only allow uploads when connected to Wi-Fi. Video optimization: When turned On, video quality for streamed video content is optimized depending on current network conditions. Password lock: When turned On, access to Samsung Link on your device is password-protected. You must enter your Samsung account password to start Samsung Link. My account: Access information about your Samsung account. Customer support: Contact the Samsung Link team via email. You must have an email account set up on your phone to use this option. About this service: Learn about Samsung Link. Use Samsung Link to Share Media with Another Device Share media with another DLNA-compliant device via Samsung Link. Both your device, and the device(s) that connect to your device, must be on the same Wi-Fi access point (AP). For more information about using Wi-Fi, see Wi-Fi. 1. Press and tap Apps > Samsung Link. 2. Launch AllShare Play or Samsung Link on the target device. 3. On the DEVICES & STORAGE screen, tap your device, and then tap media file(s) to select them for streaming. 4. Tap , and then choose a device for sharing. Your device requests permission for sharing from the target device. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Apps and Entertainment 75 5. Follow the prompts on the target device to allow sharing. CBS Sports All the scores and stats you could ever want, delivered with updates from top fantasy gurus and live commentary from players, writers, analysts, and bloggers. Before you use CBS Sports on your phone, you must download and install the app from the Google Play Store. 1. Press and tap Apps > CBS Sports. 2. Follow the prompts to download and install the app from the Google Play Store. BaconReader BaconReader serves up Reddit content in a stylish package with powerful features like subreddit grouping, domain filtering, full user profile access, and much more. Before you use Bacon Reader on your phone, you must download and install the app from the Google Play Store. 1. Press and tap Apps > BaconReader. 2. Follow the prompts to download and install the app from the Google Play Store. 1Weather 1Weather offers a full suite of weather tools to keep you informed. Before you use 1Weather on your phone, you must download and install the app from the Google Play Store. 1. Press and tap Apps > 1Weather. 2. Follow the prompts to download and install the app from the Google Play Store. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Web and Data 76 Web and Data The following topics address your phones data connections and the built-in Web browser. Additional data-related features can be found in Accounts and Messaging, Applications and Entertainment, and Tools and Calendar. Your phones data capabilities let you wirelessly access the Internet or your corporate network through a variety of connections, including: Wi-Fi Wi-Fi provides wireless Internet access over distances of up to 300 feet. To use your phones Wi-Fi, you need access to a wireless access point or hotspot. The availability and range of the Wi-Fi signal depends on a number of factors, including infrastructure and other objects through which the signal passes. Turn Wi-Fi On and Connect to a Wireless Network By default, your phones Wi-Fi feature is turned off. Turning Wi-Fi on makes your phone able to discover and connect to compatible in-range Wi-Fi networks (or WAPs - wireless access points). Turn Wi-Fi on: 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections > Wi-Fi. 2. Tap the ON/OFF switch to turn Wi-Fi On. Tip: You can also turn Wi-Fi on and off through the Notifications panel. Drag the Notifications panel down and tap Wi-Fi. Note: Wi-Fi networks are self-discoverable, which means no additional steps are required for your phone to connect to a Wi-Fi network. It may be necessary to provide a user name and password for certain closed wireless networks. Scan and connect to a Wi-Fi network: 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections > Wi-Fi. 2. The network names and security settings (Open network or Secured with xxx) of detected Wi-Fi networks are displayed. When you select an open network, you will be automatically connected to the network. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Web and Data 77 When you select a secured network, you will need to enter the wireless password to connect to the network. Enter the password and tap Connect. You can use the show password option to display the password as you enter it. Add a new Wi-Fi network manually: 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections > Wi-Fi. 2. Tap Add Wi-Fi network. 3. Enter the Network SSID. This is the name of the Wi-Fi network. 4. Tap the Security field and select the security method used by the Wi-Fi network. If a password is required, enter it in the Password field. 5. Tap Connect to store the new information and connect to the Wi-Fi network. Note: The next time your phone connects to a previously accessed or secured wireless network, you wont prompted to enter the wireless password again, unless you reset your phone back to its factory default settings. Connect to a Different Wi-Fi Network The following information is designed to help you connect your device to a different Wi-Fi network. 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections > Wi-Fi. 2. Detected Wi-Fi networks are displayed. To manually scan for available Wi-Fi networks, on the Wi-Fi settings screen, tap Scan. 3. Tap another Wi-Fi network to connect to it. Note: If the wireless network you want to connect to is not in the list of detected networks, scroll down the screen, and tap Add network. Enter the wireless network settings and tap Save. Data Services (Sprint 3G and 4G) With your Sprint service, you are ready to start enjoying the advantages of data services. The following topics will help you learn the basics of using your data services, including managing your user name, launching a data connection, and navigating the Web with your phone. Important! Certain data services requests may require additional time to process. While your phone is loading the requested service, the touchscreen keyboard may appear unresponsive when in fact it is functioning properly. Allow the phone some time to process your data usage request. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Web and Data 78 Your Data Services User Name When you buy your phone and sign up for service, youre automatically assigned a user name, which is typically based on your name and a number, followed by @sprintpcs.com. (For example, the third John Smith to sign up for Sprint data services might have jsmith003@sprintpcs.com as his user name.) When you use data services, your user name is submitted to identify you to the Nationwide Sprint Network. Your user name is automatically programmed into your phone. You dont have to enter it. Update Your User Name If you choose to change your user name and select a new one online, or make any changes to your services, you must then update the profile on your phone. 1. Press and tap > Settings > More > System Update. 2. Tap Update Profile. Launch the Browser The Browser automatically launches when a Web link is touched from within either an email or a text message. To launch the browser to connect browse the Internet: Press and tap Internet. Note: The first time you access the Web on your phone, you may be prompted to sign in with your phone number. Enter your number and tap Ok. 4G Services 4G is a service that must be included in your service plan and also available within your area. 4G coverage is currently available in only certain markets. For more details on 4G availability go to: www.sprint.com/4G and click the See the coverage map link. Note: If 4G service is not included in your service plan, the 4G icon will not appear in the Notifications area. 4G is up to 10x faster than 3G (based on download speed comparison of 3G's ~600 kbps vs. 4G's ~ 6 Mbps). (Actual speeds may vary.) Not all services are available on 4G and coverage may default to 3G/separate network where 4G is not available. Important! 4G service must be added to your account before attempting a connection to the 4G network. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Web and Data 79 Depending on which icons appear within the Notifications area, your services and features will change. The following table indicates what functions and features are available when combinations of these service icons appear: Icon Description 3G Coverage: The phone is connected to the Sprint 3G network. The arrows are colored when data is being transferred. 4G Coverage: The phone is connected to the Sprint 4G network. The arrows are colored when data is being transferred. Virtual Private Networks (VPN) From your phone, you can add, set up, and manage virtual private networks (VPNs) that allow you to connect and access resources inside a secured local network, such as your corporate network. Prepare Your Phone for VPN Connection Depending on the type of VPN, you may be required to enter your login credentials or install security certificates before you can connect to your companys local network. You can get this information from your network administrator. To connect to a VPN, you must have Mobile data enabled, or your phone must be connected to a Wi-Fi network. For information about setting up and using these connections on your phone, see Data usage and Turn Wi-Fi On and Connect to a Wireless Network. Set a Screen Lock Before setting up a VPN, you must set a screen lock to prevent access to your phone by unauthorized users. Pattern, PIN, or password screen locks provide sufficient security to set up trusted credential storage. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My device. 2. Tap Lock screen > Screen lock. 3. Choose a screen lock, from Pattern, PIN, or Password. 4. Follow the prompts to configure the screen lock. For more information, see Screen lock. Add a VPN Configure a connected to a VPN. You must have a Pattern, PIN, or Password screen lock set before adding a VPN. Press and tap > Settings > Connections. 1.DRAFT For Internal Use Only Web and Data 80 Tap More networks > VPN. 2. Tap to add a VPN, with these options: 3. Name: Enter the name of the VPN. Type: Choose the type of VPN, from PPTP, L2TP/IPSec PSK, L2TP/IPSec RSA, IPSec Xauth PSK, IPSec Xauth RSA, or IPSec Hybrid RSA. Server address: enter the VPN server address. PPP Encryption (MPPE): Tap to enable, if applicable for the VPN. Show advanced options: Tap to set other options, depending on the type of VPN. 3. Tap Save to save the VPN. Connect to a VPN Connect to a VPN thats already set up on your phone. 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections. 2. Tap More networks > VPN. 3. In the VPNs section, tap a VPN. 4. Follow the prompts to enter your login credentials, and connect. When you are connected, the VPN connected icon appears in the notification area of the title bar. Disconnect from a VPN The following describes how to disconnect from a VPN connection. 1. Touch and hold the title bar, and then drag down to open the Notifications panel. 2. Tap the VPN connection to return to the VPN settings screen, and then tap the VPN connection to disconnect from it. When your phone has disconnected from the VPN, the VPN disconnected icon displays in the notification area of the title bar. Chrome Use Chrome for Mobile to browse fast and sign in to bring your Chrome experience from your computer, anywhere you go. For more information, visit: https://www.google.com/intl/en/chrome/browser/mobile/ Press and tap Apps > Chrome. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Web and Data 81 Internet Your phones Internet browser gives you full access to both mobile and traditional websites on the go, using your phones 3G or 4G Mobile data or Wi-Fi connections. Press and tap Apps > Internet. Note: The first time you launch Internet, you may be prompted to enter your 10-digit wireless phone number to access the SprintWeb home page. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Pictures and Video 82 Pictures and Video Camera You can use the camera or camcorder to take and share pictures and videos. Taking pictures with your phones built-in camera is as simple as choosing a subject, pointing the camera, then pressing the camera key. Open the Camera Follow the below procedure to access your phones camera. Press and tap Apps > Camera. Front/Back Camera: Switch between the front and back cameras. Dual Camera: Take a picture with the back camera and front camera at once, or record videos with both cameras. The image from the front camera displays as a inset on the screen, so you can take a picture of yourself along with the scene from the back camera. Tap the inset image to resize it, or drag it to a new position on the screen. Settings: Access camera settings. Mode Indicator: Displays the current shooting mode, chosen with Mode Selector. Shooting modes allow you to choose modes for automatically adjusting settings to suit conditions, or to access special features like panorama or other specialty shots. Record: Tap to record video. Capture: Tap to take a picture. Mode Selector: Tap to choose a shooting mode. The current mode displays on the camera screen. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Pictures and Video 83 Effects: Choose an effect to add to pictures or videos as you take them. Gallery: View your pictures or videos. Take a Pictures You can take pictures with your phones front or back camera, or combine shots with Dual mode. 1. Press and tap Apps > Camera. 2. Using the phones screen as a viewfinder, compose your shot by aiming the camera at the subject. While composing your picture, use the onscreen options, or these gestures: Press the Volume Key up or down to zoom in or out, or touch the screen with two fingers and pinch or spread them on the screen to zoom. Tap the screen to focus on the area you tapped. 3. Tap Capture to take the picture. Note: To include your location in photos, turn on GPS tag in Settings. Record Videos In addition to taking pictures, you can record, view, and send videos with your phones built-in video camera. Press and tap Apps > Camera. 1. Using the phones screen as a viewfinder, compose your shot by aiming the camera at 2.the subject. While composing your shot, use the onscreen options, or these gestures: Press the Volume Key up or down to zoom in or out, or touch the screen with two fingers and pinch or spread them on the screen to zoom. Tap the screen to focus on the area you tapped. Tap Record to begin recording. While recording, you can use these options: 3. Tap the screen to change the focus area to the area you tapped. Tap Capture to take a still picture while continuing recording. Tap Pause to temporarily stop recording. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Pictures and Video 84 Tap Stop to stop recording. Camera Options Camera options are special options that you can choose, right on the camera screen, to make your pictures or videos special. Press and tap Apps > Camera. 1. Tap an option: 2. Front/back camera: Tap to switch between the front and back cameras. With the front camera, you can take self-portraits or record yourself. With the back camera, you can take pictures or record whats in front of you. Dual mode: Tap to display the screen for the front camera inset on the screen for the back camera. You can use dual mode to put yourself in a picture or video. Mode: Tap to choose a shooting mode. Scroll available modes, and then tap a mode to select it. Modes include: Auto: Automatically adjusts the exposure to optimize the color and brightness of pictures. In Auto mode, you can take single or burst shots (take burst shots by holding Capture button to take multiple shots until you lift your finger). Beauty face: Automatically enhances facial features. Best photo: Allows you to select the best shot from multiple shots you take at the same time. Best face: Allows you to select the best shot of each subject, to get the best possible group shot. Sound & shot: Adds a few seconds of background sound to enhance pictures. Drama: Captures multiple shots of a moving subject, to merge them into one dynamic picture. Animated photo: Allows you to create a picture containing animated elements. Rich tone (HDR): Allows you to take pictures in various exposures and merge them to create pictures with rich color. Eraser: Allows you to take a series of pictures, and then remove objects that are blurred because of movement. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Pictures and Video 85 Panorama: Take multiple pictures to merge into one expansive panoramic picture. Sports: Allows you to capture clear shots of a moving subject. Night: Allows you to take clearer, brighter pictures in low light. Quick Camera Settings Use Quick settings to quickly configure settings while you take pictures and record videos. Press and tap Apps > Camera. 1. From the Camera screen, tap to access settings: 2. Advanced settings: Tap to access advanced camera settings. Flash: Tap to choose a flash setting. Auto night detection: Tap to enable or disable automatic night detection, to help you take clearer, brighter pictures in low light. Auto night detection does not apply when recording videos. Voice control: Tap to access voice control settings, for using voice commands to take pictures and record video. For more information, see Voice Control. Recording mode: Tap to choose a mode for recording. Choose Limit for MMS to restrict recordings to a size that can be attached to a multimedia message. Choose Normal, Slow motion, or Fast motion to control the speed of recording. Share: Tap to choose a method for sharing pictures and videos. You can choose Share shot, Buddy photo share, ChatON photo share, or Remote viewfinder. Advanced Camera Settings Use Advanced settings to configure default options for pictures and videos. Press and tap Apps > Camera. 1. From the Camera screen, tap and then tap for these settings: 2. Photos: Photo size: Choose the default size for pictures. Burst shot: When On, you can take multiple pictures when you touch and hold the Capture button. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Pictures and Video 86 Face detection: When On, the Camera will automatically adjust settings for taking pictures of faces. Metering: Set how the Camera measures the light source. ISO: Set the sensitivity of the cameras light meter. Anti-Shake: When turned On, the camera compensates for movement of the phone when taking pictures. Auto night detection: Enable or disable automatic night detection, to help you take clearer, brighter pictures in low light. Auto night detection does not apply when recording videos. Save as: Choose whether pictures are saved with Rich Tone, to create rich, soft color. Videos: Video size: Choose the default size for videos. Video stabilization: When On, the Camera adjusts settings to improve image stability in videos. General: GPS tag: When On, GPS location information is stored in picture files. Review: When On, pictures display briefly after you take them so you can review them. Volume Key: Choose a function for the Volume Key while using the Camera. Timer: Choose a timer setting to delay the taking of pictures or recording. White balance: Choose a setting for current light conditions. Exposure value: Adjust the brightness of pictures. Guidelines: When On, guidelines display on the screen to aid in composition. Flash: Choose a flash setting. Voice control: When On, you can take pictures or record videos by speaking commands. For more information, see Voice Control. Contextual filename: When On, filenames include GPS information. GPS tag must be enabled to use contextual filenames. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Pictures and Video 87 Save as flipped: When On, pictures or recordings you make using the front camera are saved as a mirror-image. Storage: If you have an optional memory card installed (not included), you can choose whether to save files to device memory or to the memory card. Reset: Return settings to the factory defaults. Gallery Using the Gallery application, you can view pictures and watch videos that youve taken with your phones camera, downloaded, or copied to an optional memory card (not included). For pictures stored on an optional memory card, you can do basic editing such as rotating and cropping. You can also set a picture as your contact picture or wallpaper and share pictures with your friends. While viewing pictures in the Gallery, scroll up the screen to view more albums. Simply tap an album to view the photos or videos in that album. If you have pictures or videos stored on an optional memory card (not included), they will be display folders they are stored in, and folders are treated as albums. The actual folder names will be used as the album names. If you have downloaded any photos and videos, these will be placed in the All downloads album. Note: Tap > Help to learn about Gallery. 1. Press and tap Apps > Gallery. 2. Select a folder location (such as Camera) and tap an image to view your picture. 3. From the Gallery screen, you have these options: Tap a picture or video to display it in full screen view. Touch and hold thumbnails to select them (indicated by a check mark). Tap New album to create an album. Give the album a name, and then select and drag thumbnails to the album to move or copy files to the new album. Tap for options, including: Select album/Select item: Depending on the view, tap albums or items to select them. After selection, you can tap again for options you can use with the selected item. Slideshow: Choose options to create a slideshow for viewing your pictures and videos. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Pictures and Video 88 Content to display: Choose content to display in Gallery. You can choose content saved to your phones memory, content from other sources such as Dropbox, Facebook, or Picasa. Scan for nearby devices: Search for nearby DLNA devices, to share photos or videos. Settings: Configure Gallery settings. Help: Learn about Gallery. View Photos and Videos After selecting an album from the Albums tab, you can browse the photos and videos of that album in either photo pile or grid view. Tap a photo or video to view it in full screen. View Photos 1. Press and tap Apps > Gallery. 2. Tap a thumbnail to view the picture. While viewing a picture full-screen you can use these options: Share: Choose an option for sharing the picture. Options may include Bluetooth, Dropbox, Email, Gmail, Google+, Messaging, Picasa, Wi-Fi Direct, or YouTube. Delete: Erase the current picture. Camera: Launch the Camera, to take pictures or record video. View Videos Note: If no control icons are displayed on the screen in addition to the picture, tap anywhere on the screen to display them. 1. Tap a video to select it. When the video is displayed full-screen, you can use these options: Share: Choose an option for sharing the video. Options may include Bluetooth, Dropbox, Email, Gmail, Google+, Messaging, Picasa, Wi-Fi Direct, or YouTube. Trim: Edit the length of the video. Delete: Erase the current video. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Pictures and Video 89 Tap to play the video. Zoom In or Out on a Photo There are two ways you can zoom in or out of a photo. Tap the screen twice quickly to zoom in and then tap the screen twice quickly again to zoom out. - or - You can also use pinch and spread to zoom in or out. See Pinch and spread. Working with Photos You can touch and hold on a photo to open a selection menu and choose what to do with it. You can choose to delete the photo, rotate or crop it, and more. Rotate and Save a Photo To rotate or save your photo, follow the below procedures. 1. Press and tap Apps > Gallery. 2. Select a folder location (such as Camera) and tap an image to view your picture. 3. Tap > Rotate left or Rotate right. The rotated picture is saved in your default storage location as a copy. Crop a Photo The crop your photos, follow the below procedures. 1. Press and tap Apps > Gallery. 2. Select a folder location (such as Camera) and tap an image to view your picture. 3. Tap > Crop. 4. To adjust the crop box size, touch and hold the edge of the box. When directional arrows appear, drag your finger inward to or outward to resize the crop box. 5. To move the crop box to the part of the photo that you want to crop, drag the crop box to the desired position. 6. Tap Done to apply the changes to the picture. The cropped picture is saved along with the original copy in your default storage location. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Pictures and Video 90 Share Photos and Videos The Gallery application lets you send photos and videos using email or multimedia messages. You can share photos on your social networks (such as Facebook, Picasa, and Twitter) and share videos on YouTube. You can also send them to another phone or your computer using Bluetooth. Send Photos or Videos by Email You can send several photos, videos, or both in an email message. They are added as file attachments in your email. 1. Press and tap Apps > Gallery. 2. Tap the album that contains the photos or videos you want to share. 3. Tap the photos you want to send. 4. Touch the screen and then tap > Gmail or Email. 5. Compose your message and then tap or . Note: If you selected Email and you have multiple email accounts, the default email account will be used. Send a Photo or Video by Multimedia Message Although you can send several photos or videos in a multimedia message, it may be better to send one at a time, especially if the files are large in size. 1. Press and tap Apps > Gallery. 2. Tap the album that contains the photos or videos you want to send. 3. Tap the photo or video you want to send. 4. Touch the screen and then tap > Messaging. 5. Compose your message and then tap . Send Photos or Videos Using Bluetooth You can select several photos, videos, or both and send them to someones phone or your computer using Bluetooth. 1. Press and tap Apps > Gallery. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Pictures and Video 91 2. Tap the album that contains the photos or videos you want to send. 3. Select the photos or videos you want to send. 4. Touch the screen and then tap > Bluetooth. In the next few steps, youll be asked to turn on Bluetooth on your phone and connect to the receiving Bluetooth phone so the files can be sent. For more information, see Bluetooth. Share Photos or Videos on Google+ 1. Press and tap Apps > Gallery. 2. Tap the album that contains the photos or videos you want to send. 3. Tap the photo or video you want to send. 4. Touch the screen and then tap > Google+. 5. Compose your message and then tap . Share Photos on Picasa You need to be signed in to a Google Account to upload pictures to the Picasa photo organizing service. 1. Press and tap Apps > Gallery. 2. Tap the album that contains the photos or videos you want to share. 3. Select the photos you want to share. 4. Touch the screen and then tap > Picasa. 5. Select the online album where you want to upload the pictures. 6. Tap Upload. You can view the photos online at picasaweb.google.com. Share Videos on YouTube You can share your videos by uploading them to YouTube. Before you do this, you must create a YouTube account and sign in to that account on your phone. 1. Press and tap Apps > Gallery. 2. Tap the album that contains the videos you want to share. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Pictures and Video 92 3. Select the video you want to share. 4. Touch the screen and then tap > YouTube. 5. Enter the prompted information, such as description and tags, and select a privacy option. 6. Tap Upload. Samsung Hub Samsung Hub is your one stop for the hottest movie and TV content. With hundreds of titles available, entertaining your family on the go was never easier. You can rent or purchase your favorite content and watch from any location. Featuring the stunning viewing quality Samsung is known for, Samsung Hub is your gateway to mobile video like you've never experienced it before. You must be connected to Mobile data service, or to a Wi-Fi network, to preview and download a media file. Files you download or purchase are stored in the phones internal memory. Samsung Hub uses your Samsung account to manage access and account information. For more information about creating or signing in to a Samsung account, see Samsung Account. Use Samsung Hub The Samsung Hub screen provides an overview of all the available categories on one page such as: Music, Video, Books, and Games. The overview page also displays recently-added media that you can rent or purchase. 1. Press and tap Apps > Samsung Hub. 2. Scroll across the screen to select from the following available pages: Overview: displays an main access for all available categories and recently available content for purchase or rental. MUSIC: displays music that is available for purchase and allows you to search for new music. VIDEO: displays videos and TV shows that are available for purchase/rental and allows you to search for new content. BOOKS: displays books and magazines that are available for purchase and allows you to search for new content. GAMES: displays games that are available for purchase or as trials and allows you to search for new content. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Pictures and Video 93 3. Scroll through the media listings. You can tap items to buy or rent them. As you tap some items, you can listen or watch a preview. 4. Follow the prompts to buy or rent media. Samsung Hub Notices Any media item (Media Content) may be rented or purchased after you create an account in Samsung Hub. Media Content that is purchased and downloaded may be viewed concurrently on up to five (5) devices with Samsung Hub (or the service) that are also registered to the same account. You may remove a device from your account no more than once every 90 days. You may remove Media Content from a device as many times as youd like. You will have the ability to re-download the Media Content later subject to content re-download availability and content provider permissions. You may need network coverage to access Media Content you have acquired through the Service. You can use 3G, 4G, or Wi-Fi connectivity to download Media Content. Unlike purchased Media Content, rented Media Content will be viewable on only 1 device in your account at a time. Media Content is downloaded and saved to your authorized device's SD card. No SD Card included out of box. Your Media Content may pause/stop or not download in networks where there is a weak signal. You may begin watching downloaded Media Content as soon as a) license acquisition has occurred and b) sufficient amount of the Media Content has been buffered. You must finish watching Media Content within the time limit set out for each piece of content (which may be as short as 24 consecutive hours). Stopping, pausing or restarting rented Media Content does not extend the available viewing time. In no event will rented Media Content be available for a period of more than thirty (30) days (or shorter on a title-by-title basis) after the Media Content has been rented (e.g., if you begin viewing rented Media Content on the 29th day after the rental transaction, but do not finish viewing the entire title, that rented Media Content may not be available for the entire twenty-four (24) consecutive hour period if such period would extend the viewable time beyond the thirty (30) day rental window). DRAFT For Internal Use Only Pictures and Video 94 Unless otherwise restricted by the Content Providers, you can download Media Content to your TV using HDMI connections; otherwise, you cannot play Media Content downloaded from your mobile device output. WatchON Use WatchON and your phone to control your TV and other devices. Set up WatchON Configure basic WatchON settings, to identify your TV provider and sign in to your accounts. 1. Press and tap Apps > WatchON. 2. Follow the prompts to configure options, including: Select your country/region to help WatchON find TV information for you. Enter your zip code to help WatchON find your TV service provider. Find your TV service provider to customize WatchON for your own TV service. Select channel list to make sure WatchON can control your TV service. Personalize your setup. Set up Netflix (optional) to find and share content from your Netflix account. Learn about Peel remote. Sign in to your Samsung account. 3. Continue on to set up your phone as a remote to control your TV. Note: Tap > Help to learn more about WatchON. Set Up Your Phone as a Remote Use WatchON and your phone to control your TV, set-top box, DVR, Blu-ray or DVD player, stereo, and other electronic devices. 1. Press and tap Apps > WatchON. 2. From the toolbar, tap , and then tap Set up now. 3. Follow the prompts to find your TV or other devices and configure your phone to control their operation. Note: Tap > Help to learn more about WatchON. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Pictures and Video 95 Optical Reader Optical reader allows you to use your camera to identify text and QR codes. For example, you can use Optical reader to capture information from a business card. Press and tap Apps > Optical reader. Note: Tap >Help to learn more about Optical reader. Story Album With Story Album, you can create a digital album of your story in media. Special moments will be on a timeline, and if you wish, you can have your album published as a hard copy. Press and tap Apps > Story album. Note: Tap >Help to learn more about Story album. Flipboard Use Flipboard to create a personalized digital magazine out of everything being shared with you. Access news stories, personal feeds and other related material. Flip through your Facebook newsfeed, tweets from your Twitter account, photos from friends and much more. Press and tap Apps > Flipboard. Video Play videos stored on your phone, and share them via Bluetooth, Dropbox, Email, Gmail, Google+, Messaging, Picasa, Wi-Fi Direct, or YouTube. 1. Press and tap Apps > Video. 2. Scroll through the videos stored on your device. After a few seconds, each video thumbnail begins playing a preview of the clip. 3. Tap a video to view it. Share videos 1. Press and tap Apps > Video. 2. Tap > Share via. 3. Tap video(s) to select them for sharing, and then tap Done. 4. Choose a sharing option, and then follow the prompts to share the video. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Pictures and Video 96 Use Pop-up Play Multitask with Pop-up Play - transform your video player into a pop-up window floating on the screen. The video will continue to play, and the pop-up window can be resized or moved anywhere on the screen. 1. Press and tap Apps > Video. 2. Tap a video to view it. 3. Tap to continue playing the video in a floating window. Drag the window to any location on the screen, and use two fingers to pinch or spread to resize the floating window. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Tools and Calendar 97 Tools and Calendar Learn how to use many of your phones productivity-enhancing apps and features. Google Now Google Now gets you just the right information at just the right time. It tells you todays weather before you start your day, how much traffic to expect before you leave for work, when the next train will arrive as youre standing on the platform, or your favorite team's score while theyre playing. And the best part? All of this happens automatically. Cards appear throughout the day at the moment you need them. For more information, visit http://www.google.com/landing/now/. 1. Press and hold and tap Google Now. 2. Follow the prompts to learn about Google Now, and set up your preferences. S Health S Health is a wellness application that can help you manage your health. Set fitness goal, check your progress, and keep track of your overall health. Press and tap Apps > S Health. S Translator Easily translate words and phrases, either spoken or in text. Press and tap Apps > S Translator. Polaris Office 5 Polaris Office Mobile for Android is a Microsoft Office compatible office suite. This application provides a central place for managing your documents online or offline. Polaris Office can also open Adobe PDF (Portable Document Format) files. Press and tap Apps > Polaris Office 5. Lumen Toolbar The Lumen Toolbar, available to Sprint Customers, enables an extensive array of new browser extensions that enhance user experience from contextual recommendations to App discovery DRAFT For Internal Use Only Tools and Calendar 98 to social applications and browser utilities. With one-click access to News Feeds and one-click sharing of content via Facebook, Twitter and other networks, along with community- and friend-based recommendations. Press and tap Apps > Lumen toolbar. Calendar Use Calendar to create and manage events, meetings, and appointments. Your Calendar helps organize your time and reminds you of important events. Depending on your synchronization settings, your phones Calendar stays in sync with your Calendar on the Web, Exchange ActiveSync calendar, and Outlook calendar. Add an Event to the Calendar Add events to your Calendar to help you organize your time and remind you of important events. Note: To synchronize calendar events among your Google and Corporate accounts, make sure they are being managed by your phone. See Accounts and Messaging for more information. 1. Press and tap Apps > Calendar. 2. Double-tap a day to which you would like to add an event to reveal the Add event/Add task screen. 3. Assign the new calendar event to a current account by tapping the Calendar field and then selecting an account. For this example we are choosing a Corporate account. My calendars are calendar entries that are stored locally on the phone and not part of an email account. Google/Gmail are calendar entries that are synchronized between your phone and your online Google account. Corporate are calendar entries that are synchronized between your phone and either an Exchange Server or available from within Microsoft Outlook. 4. Tap the Title field and enter a title for the event. 5. Tap Save, or tap Edit event details to enter more information about the event: Select a From/To time for the event by tapping the corresponding fields, and adjusting the month, day, and year. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Tools and Calendar 99 Select a time for the event by tapping the time field and then adjusting the hour and minute. Tap the All day field to assign this as an all day event. If assigned as an all day event, the time fields are removed as options. Select a recurrence cycle for the event by tapping the Repeat field. Select an alarm time by tapping the Reminder field. Enter a location for the event in the Location field or tap to select the location on the a map. Enter a description for the event in the Description field. Enter participants in the Participants field. Tap Show me as to choose how the event shows on your calendar to other event organizers. Tap Privacy to select who is allowed to see this event. Private allows only the participants to see the event. Public allows anyone with access to your calendar to see the event. Tap Memos to add an S Memo file as an attachment. For more information, see S Memo. Tap Images to add an image from the Gallery or take a new picture using the camera. 6. Tap Add event to store the new event and synchronize it with your selected account. Event Alerts When your phone is turned on and you have an event alarm scheduled, your phone alerts you and displays the event summary. There are several ways your phone alerts you to scheduled events: By playing the assigned ringtone. By showing the Alert screen. Event Reminders When your phone is turned on and you have an event alarm scheduled, there are several ways your phone alerts you to scheduled events: By playing a short beep. By indicating an icon within the Status bar. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Tools and Calendar 100 To view additional options: 1. Tap the Status bar, and then slide your finger down the screen to open the Notifications panel. 2. Tap the upcoming event name from the onscreen list to display the event within the Calendar notifications screen. 3. Tap an option. Set snooze duration to set the length of time to allow before you are reminded of the event. Choose from: 3 minutes, 5 minutes, 10 minutes,15 minutes, or 30 minutes. Snooze to be reminded of the event at a future time. Dismiss to dismiss the reminder. View Events The following procedure helps you view your calendar events. 1. Press and tap Apps > Calendar. 2. To view a Calendar event farther out, tap either Week or Month. 3. Tap the day for which you would like to view events. (Your phone lists events in chronological order.) 4. To display an events details, tap it from the current screen. Day and List Views Day view displays a list of the events of one day. List view shows a list of events in chronological order. The color bars on the left side of the events indicate the type of calendar that includes the event. When in Day view, slide left or right across the screen to view earlier or later days. Week View Week view displays a chart of the events of one week. When in Week view: You can touch and hold on a time slot to create a new event at that time. Tap an event to view its details. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Tools and Calendar 101 Slide left or right across the screen to view earlier or later weeks. Month View In Month view, youll see markers on days that have events. When in Month view: Tap a day to view the events of that day. Touch and hold a day to create a new event. Slide up or down to view earlier or later months. Erase Events The following procedures show you how to erase your calendar events. 1. Press and tap Apps > Calendar. 2. Open the calendar event details: In List, Day, and Week views, tap the calendar event you want to delete. In Month view, tap the date where the calendar event occurs, and then tap the calendar event. In Year view, tap the month in which the event is located. 3. Tap > Delete. 4. In the Delete confirmation box, tap OK. - or - If the calendar event is recurring, select Only this event, This & future events, or All events, and tap OK. Alarm & Timer The Clock app offers features for keeping track of time and setting alarms. Press and tap Apps > Clock. 1. Swipe your finger along the taps at the top of the screen to view features. Tap a tab to 2.use a feature: Alarm: This feature allows you to set an alarm to ring at a specific time. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Tools and Calendar 102 World clock: allows you to view the time of day or night in other parts of the world. World Clock displays time in hundreds of different cities, within all 24 time zones around the world. Stopwatch: You can use this option to measure intervals of time. Timer: You can use this option to set a countdown timer. Use a timer to count down to an event based on a preset time length (hours, minutes, and seconds). Desk clock: Display a clock and calendar on the screen, with shortcuts to your favorite apps. Create an Alarm Create an alarm event. You can set one-time or recurring alarms, and choose options for how to be notified for the alarm. Press and tap Apps > Clock. 1. Tap Create alarm, and then enter information for the alarm. 2.Delete an Alarm 1. Press and tap Apps > Clock. 2. Touch and hold an alarm, and then tap Delete from the pop-up menu. Calculator Use the Calculator app to perform mathematical calculations. Note: Rotate the phone to switch to a scientific calculator. 1. Press and tap Apps > Calculator. 2. Tap the keypad to enter your equation. You can touch and hold C to clear all numbers. S Memo The S Memo application allows you to create memos using the keyboard, your finger, or both. You can add images, voice recordings, and text all in one place. View the S Memo Screen Follow the steps below to explore the S Memo app. Press and tap Apps > S Memo. 1.DRAFT For Internal Use Only Tools and Calendar 103 From the S Memo screen, tap to access the following options: 2. Search: Tap to search for a saved memo. Delete: Touch one or all memos and then tap Done. Sort by: Set whether to sort the memo list by Date (most recent), Date (oldest), Name, Tag, or Favorites. List view/Thumbnail view: Tap to view your existing memos in a list or thumbnail (default) view. Import/Export: Export a memo as an S Note or S Memo file, or import an S Note or S Memo file. Create folder: Enter a name for a folder in the Folder name field and touch OK. Move: Move a memo to a folder. Copy: Copy the selected memo to the clipboard. Settings: Tap Accounts to access these S Memo settings: Samsung account: Sign in to your Samsung account to sync memos with your account. Google Docs: Sign in to your Google Docs account to sync memos with your account. Evernote: Sign in to your Evernote account to sync memos with your account. Help: Learn about S Memo. Create a New S Memo Follow the steps below to create a new memo or expand or reply to an existing memo using the S Memo app. Press and tap Apps > S Memo. 1. Tap to start a new memo in text mode, or tap to start a new memo in 2.drawing mode. You can change back and forth in a memo to add text with the keyboard and by writing with your finger. Tap to access memo options. Available options depend on whether you have saved 3.the memo, or are in keyboard mode. Memo options may include: Rename: allows you to change the current memo title. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Tools and Calendar 104 Share via: allows you to share your memo using Group Cast, Picasa, Bluetooth, Wi-Fi Direct, Messaging, Dropbox, Google+, Email, or Gmail. Delete: allows you to erase the memo. Export: allows you to save the memo to your Gallery or as a PDF. Save as: allows you to save the memo with a different name. Add tag: allows you to set tags to add in searches. Add to Favorites: allows you to tag the current memo as a favorite. Change background: allows you to set the background for your memo. Swipe the screen to the left or right to select a background and then tap Done. Edit pages: allows you to drag pages to a new order. Create event: allows you to launch Calendar to create a new event. Link to Calendar: allows you to link the memo to your Calendar. Lock: allows you to lock the memo by using a PIN number. Set as: allows you to set a memo as a contact icon, Home screen wallpaper, Lock screen wallpaper, or a widget. Print: allows you to print a memo to a compatible Samsung printer (not included) via Wi-Fi. When you are finished creating your memo, tap Save on the top menu bar. 4.My Files My files allows you to manage your manage your sounds, images, videos, Bluetooth files, Android files, and other memory card data in one convenient location. This application allows you to launch a file if the associated application is already on your phone. 1. Press and tap Apps > My files. 2. Folders display, including: All files: Tap to choose Device storage, or SD memory card, to show files stored in the phones internal memory, or on an optional installed memory card (not included). Images: Pictures stored on your phone. Videos: Videos stored on your phone. Music: Songs stored on your phone. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Tools and Calendar 105 Documents: Other files stored on your phone. Note: Different folders may appear depending on how your phone is configured. Dropbox Dropbox works to provide access to your desktop files directly from your phone. This applications allows you to bring your files with you when you're on the go, edit files in your Dropbox from your phone, upload photos and videos to Dropbox, and share your selected files freely with family and friends. The in-phone application works in conjunction with a partner program placed on a target computer using an active Internet connection. Dropbox creates a folder that automatically synchronizes its contents across all of your connected devices on your account. Update a file to your Dropbox on your computer, and its automatically updated to the same folder on your other devices. Download the Desktop Application Follow the procedures below to download the desktop application. Use your computers browser to navigate to: http://www.dropbox.com/. 1. Follow the onscreen setup and installation instructions on your target computer 2.containing the desired files. Important! The computer application must be installed on the computer containing the desired files. This computer must have an active Internet connection. Note: The Dropbox service offers 2GB of free Cloud storage. Accessing Dropbox on Your Device Follow the procedures below to access the Dropbox app. 1. Press and tap Apps > Dropbox. 2. Tap Next, and then tap Im already a Dropbox user, enter your current account credentials, and tap Log in. - or - Tap Im new to Dropbox and follow the onscreen instructions to register for a new account. Manually Uploading a Picture to Dropbox Follow the below procedures to manually upload pictures to the Dropbox app. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Tools and Calendar 106 1. Press and tap Apps > Camera. 2. After the image is taken, tap the Image Viewer box at the bottom right. This previews the current image. 3. Tap the image to reveal the image options at the top of the screen. 4. Tap > Dropbox, select a folder location, and tap Upload. Note: If your share folder is located on your computer, you will momentarily receive an onscreen popup notifying you that a new image was uploaded to your shared Dropbox folder. Lookout Security Lookout Security provides mobile device-specific security features that are coupled with a minimal performance hit. Lookout Mobile Security provides key security options that are unique to the mobile market. Along with the antivirus and anti-malware tech, there's a lost and stolen phone locator service, an application privacy adviser, and a backup service. Press and tap Apps > Lookout Security. Voice Services The following information will guide you through using Voice Services. S Voice Your phones S Voice is a voice recognition application used to activate a wide variety of functions on your phone. This is a natural language recognition application. This goes beyond the Google Search Voice Actions feature that simply recognizes Google commands and search terms. You can ask it questions (Is it raining in Dallas?) or give it commands (Show me where to find cheap gas). 1. Press and tap Apps > S Voice. 2. Navigate through the following onscreen tutorial screens by reading the information and tapping Next, or tap Skip to continue without reading the information. 3. Wake up the application by repeating the phrase Hi Galaxy. Note: The wake-up command/phrase can be changed from Hi Galaxy to anything else. Tap Speak if the phone does not hear you or to give it a command. 6.DRAFT For Internal Use Only Tools and Calendar 107 Voice Recorder The Voice recorder allows you to record an audio file up to one minute long and then immediately share it using AllShare, Messaging, Gmail, or via Bluetooth. Recording time will vary based on the available memory within the phone. Press and tap Apps > Voice Recorder. 1. To start recording, tap and speak into the microphone. 2. To pause recording, tap . To end the recording, tap . 3.4. Tap for options: Share: allows you to share your recording using such methods as Bluetooth, Email, Gmail, Messaging, or Wi-Fi Direct. Delete: allows you to delete one or more voice recordings. Tap the recordings to delete and tap Delete. Tap OK to confirm the deletion. Settings: the following settings are available: Storage: allows you to choose where your recordings will be saved. Select between Phone or memory card. Recording quality: allows you to set the recording quality to High or Normal. Limit for MMS: allows you to choose whether voice recordings you make are limited to a size that can be attached to a multimedia message. Contextual filename: allows you to choose whether the phone automatically creates a filename that includes GPS location information. When turned On, contextual filenames are assigned when the GPS tag options is turned On in the Camera, and the phone is connected with a network. Default name: allows you to choose the name prefix for your recordings. For example, if your Default name is Voice, your recordings would be named Voice 001, Voice 002, Voice 003, etc. Noise reduction: allows you to choose whether the phone uses noise reduction during recording, to improve recording quality. Recording volume: allows you to choose the default volume for recordings. Channel: allows you to choose whether recordings are made in Stereo or Mono. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Tools and Calendar 108 Skip interval: allows you to choose the number of seconds to skip when you press the Forward and Back buttons during playback. Bluetooth Bluetooth is a short-range communications technology that allows you to connect wirelessly to a number of Bluetooth phones, such as headsets and hands-free car kits, and Bluetooth-enabled handhelds, computers, printers, and wireless phones. The Bluetooth communication range is usually approximately 30 feet. Turn Bluetooth On or Off When Bluetooth is On, you can scan and find other Bluetooth devices, to share information between the devices. Turn Bluetooth Off when not in use to conserve battery power. 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections. 2. Tap the ON/OFF switch beside Bluetooth to turn Bluetooth On or Off. Note: You can also turn Bluetooth On or Off from Notifications. Drag down from the top of the screen, then tap the Bluetooth button. The Bluetooth Settings Menu The following procedure provides you with a path to the Bluetooth settings menu. Press and tap > Settings > Connections > Bluetooth. Connect a Bluetooth Headset or Car Kit You can listen to music over a Bluetooth stereo headset, or have hands-free conversations using a compatible Bluetooth headset or car kit. Its the same procedure to set up stereo audio and hands-free devices. To listen to music with your headset or car kit, the headset or car kit must support the A2DP Bluetooth profile. 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections > Bluetooth. 2. If Bluetooth is not on, tap the ON/OFF switch to turn it on. 3. Make sure that the headset is discoverable, so that your phone can find the headset. Refer to the instructions that came with the headset to find out how to set it to discoverable mode. 4. Tap Scan. Your phone will start to scan for Bluetooth devices within range. 5. When you see the name of your headset displayed in the Bluetooth devices section, tap the name. Your phone then automatically tries to pair with the headset. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Tools and Calendar 109 6. If automatic pairing fails, enter the passcode supplied with your headset. The pairing and connection status is displayed below the hands-free headset or car kit name in the Bluetooth devices section. When the Bluetooth headset or car kit is connected to your phone, (Bluetooth connected) displays in the status bar. Depending on the type of headset or car kit you have connected, you can then start using the headset or car kit to listen to music or make and receive phone calls. Note: Due to different specifications and features of other Bluetooth-compatible devices, display and operations may be different, and functions such as transfer or exchange may not be possible with all Bluetooth-compatible devices. Reconnect a Headset or Car Kit When you have paired a headset with your phone, you should be able to reconnect it automatically by turning on Bluetooth on your phone and then turning on the headset. However, sometimes you will need to reconnect manually, for example if you have been using your headset with another Bluetooth device. 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections > Bluetooth. 2. If Bluetooth is not on, tap the ON/OFF switch to turn it on. 3. Make sure that the headset is discoverable. 4. Tap the headsets name in the Bluetooth devices section. 5. If prompted to enter a passcode, try 0000 or 1234, or consult the headset or car kit documentation to find the passcode. 6. If you still cannot reconnect to the headset or car kit, follow the instructions in Disconnect or Unpair From a Bluetooth Device, and then follow the instructions in Connect a Bluetooth Headset or Car Kit. Disconnect or Unpair from a Bluetooth Device Follow these instructions to disconnect or unpair your phone from a Bluetooth device. Disconnect from a Bluetooth Device You can disconnect from a Bluetooth device, without removing the pairing relationship between the devices. 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections > Bluetooth. 2. In the Bluetooth devices section, tap the device, and then tap Disconnect. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Tools and Calendar 110 Unpair from a Bluetooth Device You can make your phone forget its pairing connection with another Bluetooth device. To connect to the device again, you will need to pair with it again. 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections > Bluetooth. 2. In the Bluetooth devices section, tap the device, and then tap Unpair. Send Information Using Bluetooth You can use Bluetooth to transfer information between your phone and another Bluetooth-enabled device such as a phone or notebook computer. The first time you transfer information between your phone and another device, you need to enter or confirm a security passcode. After that, your phone and the other device are paired, and you will not need to exchange passcodes to transfer information in the future. Send Information From Your Phone to Another Device You can send the following types of information, depending on the device you are sending to: Images and videos Calendar events Contacts Audio files 1. Set the receiving device to discoverable mode. You may also need to set it to Receive Beams or Receive Files. Refer to the devices documentation for instructions on receiving information over Bluetooth. 2. On the phone, open the application that contains the information or file you want to send. Follow the steps for the type of item you want to send: Photo or video (in Camera). After capturing a photo, on the preview screen, tap > Bluetooth. Photos and videos (in Gallery). On the Albums tab, tap an album, and then tap > Bluetooth. Tip: If your phone remembers Bluetooth as a previous selection within the Camera or Gallery, you can tap (to the right of the icon). DRAFT For Internal Use Only Tools and Calendar 111 Calendar event. In the Calendars Day view, Agenda view, or Week view, tap the event and then tap > Send via > Bluetooth. Music track. This feature is available through the Music Player. With the track displayed on the Now playing screen, tap > Share music via > Bluetooth. Voice recording. On the main Voice Recorder screen, touch and hold a recording and then tap Share > Bluetooth. 3. If you are prompted to turn on Bluetooth, tap Yes. 4. Tap the name of the receiving device. 5. If prompted, accept the connection on the receiving phone, and enter the same passcode on both your phone and the other device, or confirm the auto-generated passcode. 6. On the receiving device, accept the file. The location where the information is saved depends on the type of information and the receiving device: If you send a calendar event or contact, it is normally added directly to the corresponding application on the receiving device. For example, if you send a calendar event to a compatible phone, the event is shown in that phones calendar application. If you send another file type to a Windows computer, it is normally saved in the Bluetooth Exchange folder within your personal document folders. On Windows XP, the path may be: C:\Documents and Settings\[your username]\ My Documents\Bluetooth Exchange. On Windows Vista, the path may be: C:\Users\[your username]\Documents. If you send a file to another device, the saved location may depend on the file type. For example, if you send an image file to another wireless phone, it may be saved in a folder named Images. Receive Information Using Bluetooth Your phone is capable of receiving a wide variety of file types with Bluetooth, including photos, music tracks, and documents such as PDFs. 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections > Bluetooth. 2. If Bluetooth is not on, tap the ON/OFF switch to turn it on. 3. Tap the check box next to your phone's Bluetooth name to make it discoverable. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Tools and Calendar 112 4. On the sending device, send one or more files to your phone. Refer to the devices documentation for instructions on sending information over Bluetooth. 5. If prompted, enter the same passcode on both your phone and the other device, or confirm the auto-generated passcode. A Bluetooth authorization request is displayed on your phone. 6. When your phone receives a file transfer request notification, tap Accept. 7. When the file is transferred, a notification displays. To open the file immediately, slide down the notifications panel, and then tap the relevant notification. When you open a received file, what happens next depends on the file type: Media files and documents are usually opened directly in a compatible application. For example, if you open a music track, it starts playing in the Music application. For a vCalendar file, select the calendar where you want to save the event, and then tap Import. The vCalendar is added to your Calendar events. (For more information on using the Calendar, see Calendar.) For a vCard contact file, if there are multiple vCard files on your storage card, you can choose to import one, several, or all of those contacts to your contacts list. microSD Card A microSDTM memory card is an optional accessory (not included) that allows you to store images, videos, music, documents, and other data on your phone. Remove a microSD Card Use the following procedures to remove an optional microSD card from your phone. 1. Remove the battery cover. Grasp the phone firmly and locate the slot at the top of the phone. Place your fingernail in the opening and firmly pop the cover off the phone (similar to a soda can). 2. Firmly press the card into the slot and release it. The card should pop partially out of the slot. 3. Remove the card from the slot. 4. Replace the battery cover. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Tools and Calendar 113 Important! You can damage the microSD card by improper installation. Please be careful when inserting, removing, or handling it. View microSD Card Memory Use the following procedure to view memory usage information for an optional installed microSD card. Press and tap > Settings > More > Storage. (The total and available memory space will be displayed.) See Device Memory for more information. Format a microSD Card Formatting a microSD card permanently removes all files stored on the card. See SD Card for more information. 1. Press and tap > Settings > More > Storage. 2. Scroll down the screen, tap Format SD card > Format SD card > Delete all. Note: Formatting erases all the data on an installed microSD card, after which the files CANNOT be retrieved. To prevent the loss of important data, please check the contents before you format the card. Unmount a microSD Card When you need to remove an optional installed microSD card, you must unmount the card first to prevent corrupting the data stored on it or damaging the card. 1. Press and tap > Settings > More > Storage. 2. Tap Unmount SD card. 3. Remove the microSD card. See Remove a microSD Card. Transfer Files Between Your Phone and a Computer You can use the supplied USB cable to connect your phone directly to your computer and transfer music, pictures, and other content files. For example, if you have a music album stored on your computer that you want to listen to on your phone with the music player, Google Play Music, or Sprint Music Plus, just attach your phone to the computer and copy the files to the Music folder. 1. Connect your phone to your computer using the supplied USB/charging cable. You may need to remove the USB cable from the Charging Head. Insert the smaller end of the cable to the USB Charger/Accessory jack at the bottom of the phone. Insert the larger end of the cable into an available USB port on your computer. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Tools and Calendar 114 2. Your phone will automatically detect the connection. When appears in the Status bar, swipe your finger down from the Status bar to open Notifications. 3. On Notifications, the type of connection is shown: Connected as a media device: Used for most transfers. You can transfer files in Windows or from a Mac. Connected as a camera: Used for transfers of photos using camera software on your computer. To change the connection type, tap it in the notifications panel to open the Storage settings > USB PC Connection option, and then tap the desired option. 4. On your computer, navigate to the detected phone (such as through the My Computer menu) and open it. 5. If available, select a drive (Card for an optional installed memory card (not included), or Phone for internal phone storage). 6. Select a folder (for example, Music for songs and albums) and copy files to it from your computer. 7. When you are done, disconnect your phone from the computer. Update Your Phone From time to time, updates may become available for your phone. Use System update options to update your phones internal software. Before Updating Your Firmware Updating your phone firmware will erase all user data from your phone. You must back up all critical information before updating your phone firmware. To back up information to your Google account: 1. Press and tap > Settings > Accounts > Backup and reset. 2. Tap Back up my data to turn on the feature (checkmark). Tap Backup account to choose or sign in to a Google account to use for backups. Tap Automatic restore if you want information saved to the Google account above to be restored when you reinstall apps, such as after a firmware update, or when setting up a new device. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Tools and Calendar 115 To back up your Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync information: 1. Press and tap > Settings. 2. Tap Accounts, and then tap your Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync account. 3. Tap Sync all. To preserve data on an optional installed memory card: As an added precaution, to preserve any data on an optional installed microSD card, please remove it from your phone prior to starting the update process. Update your Phone 1. Press and tap > Settings > More. 2. Tap System Update to use these options: Update PRL: Download and the latest Preferred Roaming List (PRL), used by your phone to access the network. Update Profile: Update the user profile related to your wireless service account. If you choose to change your user name online, use this option to update the user name on your phone. Update Samsung Software: Upgrade to the latest software available for your device. Update Firmware: Update your phones firmware. Follow the prompts to download and install the update. UICC Unlock: Unlock your devices Universal Integrated Circuit Card. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint Worldwide Wireless Service 116 Sprint Worldwide Wireless Service With your phone and global roaming service from Sprint WorldwideSM Wireless Service, you can make phone calls and use wireless data services around the globe on compatible CDMA and GSM/UMTS networks. For a country-specific travel guide, select your device and destination from sprint.com/traveltips. Activate Sprint Worldwide Service on Your Account Before using your phone in global roaming mode, you must activate Sprint Worldwide service. To activate Sprint Worldwide service: Chat with or email an international support rep by visiting sprint.com/swwsupport. or Call Sprint Worldwide Customer support at 1-888-226-7212. Your SIM Card Your phone comes with a preinstalled SIM (Subscriber Identity Module) card to support roaming on compatible GSM networks. Note: Your SIM card should be preinstalled. If you need to reinstall your SIM card, follow the instructions below. Note: The SIM included contains information specific to your phone and should be retained with the phone for use on GSM networks. 1. Using the slot provided, gently lift the cover off the phone. Remove the battery. 2. Hold the SIM card so that the metal contacts on the SIM card face down and the cut off corner points to the bottom-right corner of your phone. 3. Slide the SIM card into the SIM card slot until it stops. 4. Replace the battery and battery cover. Enable Global Roaming Mode Your phone is designed to enter global roaming mode automatically when you activate your Sprint Worldwide service, meaning that it should automatically connect to an appropriate CDMA/LTE network or GSM/UMTS network when you travel. You may set global roaming options through the settings menu. You may also need to set your network mode options through the settings menu. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint Worldwide Wireless Service 117 To set your roaming options manually: 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections > More networks > Mobile networks > Network mode. 2. Select a category and settings for each category. Roaming network: Select Automatic for international use. Home only restricts use to the Nationwide Sprint Network only. Roaming settings: Under Domestic CDMA and International CDMA, select the Voice and Data check marks. Under GSM, select the Data check mark. Roaming guard: Select your roaming guard preferences for Domestic CDMA, International CDMA, and GSM. To set your network mode options manually: Press and tap > Settings > Connections > More networks > Network mode. To allow connections to CDMA or LTE networks only, touch CDMA or LTE/CDMA. To allow connections to GSM or UMTS networks only, touch GSM/UMTS. To allow connections to available CDMA/LTE or GSM/UMTS networks, touch Automatic. This is the recommended setting for international use. Make and Receive Worldwide Calls When travelling on international networks, you can place and answer calls as you would on the Sprint network (see Make Phone Calls and Receive Phone Calls), although some additional instructions may be required to place a call. Some features and services are not available in all countries. For more information on services that are available while roaming, visit sprint.com/sww. Make Calls Using Plus (+) Code Dialing Placing calls from one country to another country is simple with the Plus (+) Code Dialing feature. When placing international calls, you can use Plus Code Dialing to enter the appropriate international access code for your location (for example, 011 for international calls placed from the United States). Note: Plus Code Dialing is only available when roaming internationally on GSM networks and on certain CDMA networks in the United States, Canada, and the Caribbean. Note: International access codes and dialing information are available online at sprint.com/sww. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint Worldwide Wireless Service 118 To use Plus Code Dialing to place an international call: 1. Press and tap Phone > Keypad to display the phone screen. 2. Dial the appropriate sequence for your location: If you are on the GSM network, touch to insert a + on the dialer screen. (The + symbol automatically inserts the international access code for the country from which you are calling.) If you are on the CDMA network outside Canada or the Caribbean, enter the international access code for the country from which you are calling. 3. Touch to insert the US country code, and then enter the area code and number. 4. Touch to place the call. Sprint Voicemail Service Your Sprint voicemail will follow you as you travel. All of your unanswered calls will be forwarded to your Sprint voicemail. You will need to be sure your voicemail box is already set up and that you know your voicemail password. Note: Sprint voicemail may not be available on all networks; check sprint.com/sww for service information. Set Up Your Voicemail Access Number To simplify accessing your Sprint Voicemail while travelling, you can set up your voicemail access number as a Contacts entry. Save the voicemail access number with the international dialing code, to make it faster and easier to access your messages while roaming internationally. 1. Press and tap Contact. 2. Touch to add a contact. 3. If you have accounts set up on your phone, tap a storage account. 4. Enter a name for the new contact, for example, Voicemail. 5. Touch (+1), your area code, and your wireless phone number. 6. Touch Save. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint Worldwide Wireless Service 119 Access Your Voicemail You will need to call your voicemail number to access your voicemail while roaming internationally. New Message Indicators Your voicemail message indicators may be displayed differently when roaming internationally. A Message Waiting indicator icon or a text message is displayed when a voicemail message is received. You may see Missed Call on your screen prior to receiving a message notification. You must call voicemail in order to retrieve messages. Follow the instructions on the previous page to store your voicemail number for easy access. Retrieve Voicemail Messages The voicemail retrieval process while travelling is the same as on the Sprint Network; however, you will be required to enter your voicemail password. To retrieve your voicemail messages: 1. Press and tap Phone > Contacts tab, touch the voicemail entry and then touch the number to call it. 2. When your voicemail answers, touch , enter the password, and touch to access your voicemail. Voicemail Troubleshooting There are a few tips to keep in mind when using Sprint voicemail while traveling. Some carriers may not support voicemail indicators. It may be necessary to call your voicemail to see if you have any new messages. If you hear the message Please enter the number of the subscriber you wish to call, enter your 10-digit wireless phone number. International Data Roaming Sprint Worldwide Wireless Service can also keep you connected via email and Web browsing when travelling in countries in which Sprint offers data service. Data services are available on both CDMA and GSM/UMTS networks. Check www.sprint.com/sww to determine the services available where you are travelling. Note: Prior to using your Sprint Worldwide GSM/UMTS Data Services, you must establish and utilize your CDMA data services domestically on the Sprint Network. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint Worldwide Wireless Service 120 Get Started With Data Services To use Sprint Worldwide Data Services, you will need to have these services activated on your account. To activate, call Sprint Worldwide Customer Support at 1-888-226-7212. Representatives are available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week to assist you. Access Email and Data Services on GSM/UMTS Networks To access your email and browse the Web when travelling, you may need to manually select the carrier that provides Sprint service in your location. You can find a list of carriers for each country where GSM data service is offered at sprint.com/sww. Then, follow the instructions below to select the appropriate carrier network on your phone. To select a GSM data service carrier for a specific country: 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections > More networks > Roaming. 2. Tap Roaming network, and then change the Roaming network option to Automatic. 3. Tap Roaming settings, and then tap Data under GSM networks to allow access to data services while roaming. Note: Depending on the networks available you may need to choose a specific network under Roaming network. Access Email and Data Services on CDMA Networks If data service is available on a CDMA network, then you only need to set the phone to CDMA, you will not need to select the specific carrier. Selecting a specific carrier is only necessary for providers on the GSM network. If your phone has automatically selected a GSM network while traveling, then you will need to set the phone to CDMA to access CDMA data services. (See Enable Global Roaming Mode.) Visit sprint.com/sww for a list of services available in each country. Status Messages You may receive status messages under certain conditions. Before contacting Sprint Worldwide Customer Support, note the message, numeric code, and the conditions under which it appeared. The following table lists and describes the status messages. Status Messages Message Description Number Not in Service The number that you entered is not valid. User Not Available The phone that you called is either busy, out-of-range, or turned off. Please try again later. User Not Authorized The phone that you called is either busy, out-of-range, or turned off. Please try again later. Please Try Later This service is temporarily not available. Please try again later. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint Worldwide Wireless Service 121 Status Messages Message Description Service Restricted Service may not be activated properly. Please contact Sprint Customer Service to report the issue for resolution. Service Not Available This feature is not available on the current network. Emergency Calls Only Either the service is not activated properly or the current network is available for emergency calling only. Adjust your network settings to check for other available networks. If service is still not available after adjusting the settings, contact Sprint Customer Service to report the issue for resolution. System Busy. Try Later The system is experiencing heavy traffic. Please try again later. Service Conflict This service cannot be enabled because an incompatible service has already been turned on. Please Try Again An error occurred. Note the error code and try again. Self Check Error A fault was detected with your phone. If this error recurs, note the error and contact Sprint Customer Service. Self Check Fail An operational fault was detected with your phone. Note the numeric code, turn your phone off, and contact Sprint Customer Service. Wrong PIN You have entered an incorrect SIM PIN number. You have only three attempts to enter your PIN. After a third unsuccessful attempt, your phone will be locked and you will have to call Sprint Customer Service to have it unlocked. Sprint sets the default to PIN off; if you elect to enable the PIN then you will need to contact Sprint for the default PIN and PUK. PIN Blocked. Call Your Provider An incorrect SIM PIN was entered three consecutive times. You will be unable to send or receive calls on your phone. Contact Sprint Customer Service to obtain the PIN Unblocked Key (PUK) code. Sprint sets the default to PIN off; if you elect to enable the PIN then you will need to contact Sprint for the default PIN and PUK. Insert SIM Your SIM Card is not being detected. Please check to ensure that you have inserted the SIM Card. Check SIM Card Please check your SIM card to make sure it is properly inserted. Contact Sprint for Assistance If you experience any issues with voice or data services while outside of the United States, Sprint offers customer support 24 hours a day. In the event that you do experience an issue, try the following actions: First try powering your phone off and then back on; this will force your phone to reregister with the network. Try manually selecting another network. Information for selecting networks can be found in the phone guide. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Sprint Worldwide Wireless Service 122 If neither of these actions resolves your issue, you will need to contact customer service (see below). When calling to report an issue, the following information will be beneficial in trying to resolve your issue as quickly as possible: Your wireless phone number. The city and country you are travelling in. Any error message that displays on your phone or that you heard when trying to place a call. If the issue is with data, were you able to place voice calls? If the issue is with voice service, were you able to access data? Please call the numbers below if you need assistance: While in the United States: Call 1-888-226-7212. While traveling outside the United States: In GSM mode: touch and then dial 1-817-698-4199. In CDMA mode: enter the country code and then dial 1-817-698-4199. There is no charge for this call from your wireless phone. From a landline phone when outside the United States: Sprint Worldwide Customer Support can be reached from a landline phone at 1-817-698-4199. Access or connection fees may apply. The toll free numbers below can also be used to contact Sprint Worldwide Customer Support in the following countries: Country From Landline Phone Caribbean (Anguilla, Barbados, Cayman Islands, and Dominica) 1-888-226-7212 France 0800-903200 Germany 0800-180-0951 Italy 800-787-986 Mexico 001-877-294-9003 Trinidad and Tobago 1-800-201-7545 United Kingdom 0808-234-6616 Note: This toll free service is available on ordinary landline phones and some public pay phones. This service does not cover any hotel access charges.DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 123 Settings Use Settings to configure your phone to your preferences. Access Settings Settings are arranged on tabs by category, to quickly access options. 1. Press and tap > Settings. 2. Tap a tab to access settings by category: Connections: Connect to wireless networks, including 3G, 4G, and Wi-Fi, and to other devices. My device: Personalize your phone, including sounds and the display, accessibility, and input. Accounts: Set up accounts on your phone, like your Google and Samsung accounts, and your email and social networking accounts. You can also set up backup options. More: Set permissions for locations and security, and manage your device. Wi-Fi Settings Use Wi-Fi settings to control your phones connections to Wi-Fi networks, and for using Wi-Fi Direct to connect directly to other Wi-Fi Direct devices. Turn Wi-Fi On or Off When Wi-Fi is turned On, your device will notify you of available Wi-Fi networks, and you can connect to the Wi-Fi networks. Turn Wi-Fi Off when not in use, to conserve battery power. 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections. 2. Tap the ON/OFF switch beside Wi-Fi to turn Wi-Fi On or Off. Note: You can also turn Wi-Fi On or Off from Notifications. Drag down from the top of the screen, then tap the Wi-Fi button. Configure Wi-Fi Settings Set up and manage wireless access points. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 124 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections. 2. Tap Wi-Fi, and then tap the ON/OFF switch beside Wi-Fi to turn Wi-Fi On. Wi-Fi must be On to configure settings. 3. Configure these settings: Smart mode: Tap the ON/OFF switch to turn Smart mode On or Off. When turned On, Smart mode allows your phone to automatically turn on Wi-Fi and connect to known Wi-Fi networks. A known Wi-Fi network is one that you previously set up. Add Wi-Fi network: Connect to a new Wi-Fi network. For more information, see Wi-Fi. Scan: Search for available Wi-Fi networks. Wi-Fi Direct: Connect to other Wi-Fi Direct devices. For more information, see Wi-Fi Direct. Other Wi-Fi Settings Set up and manage wireless access points. 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections. 2. Tap Wi-Fi, and then tap the ON/OFF switch to turn Wi-Fi On. Wi-Fi must be On to configure settings. 3. Tap to configure these settings: Advanced: Network notification: When enabled, your phone alerts you when a new Wi-Fi network is available. Passpoint: When turned On, your phone will connect to passpoint-enabled Wi-Fi networks automatically. Keep Wi-Fi on during sleep: Specify when to switch from Wi-Fi to mobile data for data communications, when the device goes to sleep (when the backlight goes out). This setting can affect data usage, and the behavior of devices you connect to your device, such as when using it as a hotspot. Check for internet service: When enabled, your phone will check for Wi-Fi Internet service when connected to a Wi-Fi network. Wi-Fi timer: When turned On, your phone will automatically connect or disconnect from a Wi-Fi network, using the Starting time and Ending times you set. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 125 MAC address: (Not configurable) View your devices MAC address, needed for connecting to some secured networks. IP address: (Not configurable) View your devices IP address. WPS push button: Set up a connection to a WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup) router or other equipment. WPN PIN entry: (Not configurable) View the PIN used by your device to set up a PIN-secured connection to a Wi-Fi router or other equipment. Help: Learn about setting up and using Wi-Fi networks, and other settings. Wi-Fi Direct Wi-Fi Direct allows devices to connect to each other directly via Wi-Fi, without a Wi-Fi network or hotspot, and without having to set up the connection. For example, your device can use Wi-Fi Direct to share photos, contacts and other content with other Wi-Fi Direct devices. 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections. 2. Tap Wi-Fi, and then tap the ON/OFF switch beside Wi-Fi to turn Wi-Fi On. Wi-Fi must be On to configure Wi-Fi Direct settings. 3. Tap Wi-Fi Direct at the bottom of the screen. Your device automatically scans for nearby Wi-Fi Direct devices, or you can tap Scan to start scanning. 4. After scanning for devices, select a device, then follow the prompts to complete the connection. or Touch Multi-connect to create a connection to devices that support multi-connect. Touch Scan to search for available multi-connect devices, then select the devices and follow the prompts to complete the connection. Hotspot Use the Hotspot feature to share your phones data network connection with other devices via Wi-Fi. Note: Using the Hotspot feature consumes battery power and uses data services Turn Hotspot On or Off 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections. 2. Tap the ON/OFF switch beside Hotspot to turn Hotspot On or Off. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 126 Configure Hotspot 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections. 2. Tap Hotspot > Configure to set these options: Network SSID: View and change the name of your mobile hotspot. Hide my device: When enabled, your mobile hotspot is not visible to other Wi-Fi devices during a scan. Other devices can still connect to your mobile hotspot, but will have to set up the connection manually with your Network SSID and Password. Security: Choose the security level for your Mobile Hotspot. Password: If you choose a security level that uses a password, set a password. By default, the password is your mobile telephone number. Show password: When enabled, the contents of the Password field are visible. Show advanced options: When enabled, you can access advanced options, including Broadcast channel, to specify the channel your device uses for Hotspot, and you can set the maximum number of connections to your Hotspot. Allowed Devices Control whether devices can connect to your Mobile Hotspot with the Allowed devices list. After you add devices to the list, they can scan for your phone and connect using your phones Hotspot name and password. Note: Using the Hotspot feature consumes battery power and uses data services 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections. 2. Tap Hotspot > Allowed Devices. 3. Tap , and then enter the other devices Device name and MAC address. Consult the other devices settings to find its MAC address. 4. Tap OK to add the device to the Allowed devices list. Bluetooth Bluetooth is a short-range wireless communications technology for exchanging information over a distance of about 30 feet. You dont need to line up the devices to send information with Bluetooth. If the devices are in range, you can exchange information between them, even if they are in different rooms. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 127 Your device can use Bluetooth to share photos, contacts and other content with other Bluetooth devices. Many of the apps on your device provide options for sharing via Bluetooth under Menu. Turn Bluetooth On or Off When Bluetooth is On, you can scan and find other Bluetooth devices to share information between the devices. Turn Bluetooth Off when not in use to conserve battery power. 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections. 2. Tap the ON/OFF switch beside Bluetooth to turn Bluetooth On or Off. Note: You can also turn Bluetooth On or Off from Notifications. Drag down from the top of the screen, then tap the Bluetooth button. Bluetooth Settings Pair with other Bluetooth devices, manage your Bluetooth connections, and control your devices visibility to other devices. 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections. 2. Tap Bluetooth, and then tap the ON/OFF switch to turn Bluetooth On. Bluetooth must be On to configure settings. 3. From the Bluetooth screen, configure these settings: Tap the ON/OFF switch to turn Bluetooth On or Off. Tap your devices name to enable or disable visibility to other Bluetooth devices. When your device is visible, other devices can find your devices during a scan. Your device remains visible for the period of time set in the Visibility timeout setting. Tap a paired device to connect to it, or touch beside a device to change its settings. Tap Scan to search for visible Bluetooth devices. After searching, tap a device to pair with it. 4. Tap for more settings: Visibility timeout: Set the length of time your device is visible to other devices when you turn on visibility. Received files: View files transferred to your device via Bluetooth. Help: Learn about Bluetooth, and other settings. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 128 Data Usage Monitor data usage, and control your devices connection to mobile data service. Note: Data is measured by your phone. Your service provider may account for data usage differently. 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections. 2. Tap Data usage to configure options: Mobile data: Enable or disable Mobile data. You can also control Mobile Data at Notifications. Limit mobile data usage: When enabled, your mobile data connection will be disabled when the specified limit is reached. After enabling the setting, drag the red limit line on the graph below to set the data usage limit. Alert me about data usage: When enabled, your device will alert you when mobile data usage reaches the warning limit you set. After enabling the setting, drag the orange warning line on the graph below to set the data usage warning limit. Data usage cycle: Tap the menu, and then choose a time period for data usage. Data usage for the period displays on the graph, along with usage by application below. 5. Tap to set other options: Data roaming: When enabled, your device can connect to mobile data service when outside your home network area. Using data while roaming may incur additional costs; contact your service provider for more information. Restrict background data: Your device is capable of connecting to the network in the background, for synchronization or other services. When enabled, background connections will not occur. Auto sync data: When enabled, your device will synchronize with accounts automatically, at any time. Show Wi-Fi usage: When turned On, a separate tab displays data usage while connected to Wi-Fi. Mobile hotspots: Select Wi-Fi networks that are mobile hotspots. You can restrict apps from using these networks, and you can configure apps to warn you before using these networks for large downloads. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 129 More Networks Settings More networks settings provide additional options for configuring connections between your phone and the work, or to other devices. Airplane Mode Enabling Airplane mode turns off calling, messaging, and data network features. It also turns off other connectivity features, such as Wi-Fi and Bluetooth. While in airplane mode, you can use other features of your device, such as playing music, watching videos, or other applications. To use Wi-Fi and Bluetooth when Airplane mode is enabled, turn them on in Settings, or on the Notifications panel. 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections. 2. Tap More networks, and then tap the check box next to Airplane mode to enable or disable the option. Note: You can also control Airplane mode from the Device options menu. Press and hold the Power/Lock Key, then tap Airplane mode. Mobile Networks Set options for network selection and data service. 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections. 2. Tap More networks > Mobile networks. 3. Configure options: Mobile data: When enabled, your device connects to the mobile data network. Network mode: Choose a preferred network mode. Network operators: Configure network operators. Tethering Use Tethering to share your devices internet connection with a computer that connects to your device via USB cable, or by Bluetooth. 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections. 2. Tap More networks > Tethering. 3. Choose a tethering method: DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 130 USB tethering: Connect the computer to the device via USB cable, then touch USB tethering to turn tethering On or Off. Bluetooth tethering: Pair your device with the computer via Bluetooth. Consult the computers documentation for more information about configuring your computer to pair via Bluetooth. Touch Bluetooth Tethering to turn tethering On or Off. Note: Tap Help for information about using Tethering. VPN Set up and manage Virtual Private Networks (VPN). Note: VPN settings include storage of login credentials on your device. You must configure a screen unlock pattern, PIN or password before setting up a VPN. Press and tap > Settings > Connections. 4. Tap More networks > VPN. 5. Tap to add a VPN, with these options: 6. Name: Enter the name of the VPN. Type: Choose the type of VPN, from PPTP, L2TP/IPSec PSK, L2TP/IPSec RSA, IPSec Xauth PSK, IPSec Xauth RSA, or IPSec Hybrid RSA. Server address: Enter the VPN server address. PPP Encryption (MPPE): Tap to enable, if applicable for the VPN. Show advanced options: Tap to set other options, depending on the type of VPN. 3. Tap Save to save the VPN. Roaming When you are outside your home network area, your phone can still connect to other networks that your provider supports via roaming. There may be additional costs for accessing networks while roaming, so you may want to control your phones roaming behavior with Roaming settings. 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections. 2. Tap More networks > Roaming. 3. Configure options: DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 131 Roaming network: Select a roaming default, from Home only, to only connect to the Sprint network, or Automatic, to allow connections to Sprints partner networks, if available. Roaming settings: Choose options for roaming, including Voice and data for Domestic CDMA and International CDMA networks, and Data for GSM networks (if available). Roaming guard: Choose options for preventing roaming for certain functions. Enable or disable roaming access for Voice and data for Domestic CDMA, Voice, Data and Outgoing SMS for International CDMA networks, and Voice, Data and Outgoing SMS for GSM networks (if available). NFC Use NFC (Near Field Communication) to share information between your device and another NFC device by touching the devices together, typically back-to-back. NFC is used with S Beam and Android Beam, and must be turned On to use these features. Note: Tap > Help for information about using NFC. Turn NFC On or Off Use NFC (Near Field Communication) to share information between your device and another NFC device or NFC tag, by touching the devices together, typically back-to-back. 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections. 2. Tap the ON/OFF switch beside NFC to turn NFC On or Off. S Beam Share more and share it faster with S Beam. From photos to documents, large video files to maps, you can share almost anything instantly with one touch, simply by placing your devices back-to-back. S Beam uses your devices NFC (Near Field Communication) feature to send, or beam, content to other NFC devices. S Beam works in the background. Use the sharing options from your favorite apps to select content to share via S Beam. For example, you can beam pictures or videos from Gallery, or songs from Music player. Just bring the devices together (typically back to back), and then tap the screen. Turn S Beam On or Off When S Beam is turned On, you can send or receive data by touching your device to another NFC-capable device. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 132 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections. 2. Tap the ON/OFF switch beside S Beam to turn S Beam On or Off. Nearby Devices Share files with devices using DLNA (Digital Living Network Alliance) standards, over Wi-Fi. To use Nearby devices, you must connect to the same Wi-Fi network as the devices you wish to share with, and the other devices must support DLNA. Note: Use care when enabling file sharing. When enabled, other devices can access data on your device. 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections. 2. Tap Nearby devices to configure these options: Touch the File sharing check box to enable or disable file sharing. Under Advanced, touch options to control how content is shared from your device: Shared contents: Choose the type of content to share, from Videos, Photos, or Music. Allowed devices list: View and manage a list of devices allowed to connect to your device. Not-allowed devices list: View and manage a list of devices restricted from connecting to your device. Download to: Choose a location to save downloaded content, from USB storage (device memory) or optional installed SD card (not included). Upload from other devices: Choose how to handle incoming files from other devices, from Always accept, Always ask, or Always reject. Screen Mirroring With Screen mirroring, you can share your devices screen with another device, using an optional AllShare Cast accessory (not included). Turn Screen Mirroring On or Off 1. Press and tap > Settings > Connections. 2. Tap Screen mirroring, and then tap the ON/OFF switch beside Screen Mirroring to turn Screen mirroring On or Off. Note: Tap > Help to find instructions for using Screen mirroring to connect to a device. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 133 Kies via Wi-Fi Use Kies via Wi-Fi to connect to the Kies program on your desktop computer. Use Samsungs Kies desktop software to transfer music, contacts, and photos, update software, and sync wirelessly from your phone or tablet. For more information, visit: www.samsung.com/us/kies. Note: Your device, and the computer with the Kies application, must be connected to the same Wi-Fi network. Press and tap > Settings > Connections > Kies via Wi-Fi. Lock Screen Configure settings for locking the screen, to improve security. Screen Lock Choose a screen lock, to dim and lock the screen. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Lock screen > Screen lock. 3. Choose settings: Swipe: When enabled, you unlock the device by swiping your finger across the screen. This is the default screen lock, and offers no security, but you can set special lock screen options. Face unlock: When enabled, you unlock the device by looking at the screen. This option offers low security, because someone who looks similar to you could unlock your device. Tap the option for more information, and to set up Face unlock. Face and voice: When enabled, you unlock the device by looking at the screen and speaking. This option offers low security, because someone who looks and/or sounds similar to you could unlock your device. Touch the option for more information, and to set up Face and voice unlock. Pattern: When enabled, you draw a pattern, which you create, on the screen to unlock the device. Touch the option, then follow the prompts to create or change your screen unlock pattern. PIN: When enabled, you enter a numeric PIN (Personal Identification Number), which you create, to unlock the device. With PIN screen lock, you can also set the With swipe lock and Lock screen options. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 134 Password: When enabled, you enter an alphanumeric password, which you create, to unlock the device. None: Disable all custom screen lock settings, to use the default swipe unlock screen. Lock Screen Options When you have a screen lock set, you can set Lock screen options. Available options depend on the type of screen lock. Multiple Widgets When Multiple widgets is enabled, more than one widget can be displayed on the lock screen 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Lock screen, and then tap Multiple widgets to enable or disable the option. Lock Screen Widgets You can choose widgets to display on the lock screen, for easy access to features, even when the screen is locked. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Lock screen > Lock screen widgets to configure these options: Favorite apps or Camera: When enabled, you can swipe the lock screen from right to left to launch either Favorite apps or Camera. Tap the ON/OFF switch beside Favorite apps or Camera to turn the option On or Off. When you turn the option On, select Favorite apps or Camera, to make the widget(s) available from the Lock screen. Tap Clock or personal message to choose whether to display a Clock, or a personal message, on the Lock screen. Depending on the option you choose, you can then customize: Clock widget options: When Clock is selected, tap Dual clock to display a dual clock when roaming, to show the time in your home network area, and the current location. You can also set the size of the clock, and set options showing the date and Owner information. Edit personal information: When Personal message is selected, tap to create a personal message to display on the lock screen. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 135 Shortcuts You can choose to have app shortcuts display on the lock screen, and choose the apps to display. This option is available when the Swipe screen lock is set. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Lock screen > Shortcuts to configure options: Tap the ON/OFF slider beside Shortcuts to turn the option On or Off. The option must be on to configure apps to display. Tap default shortcuts to replace them with a new app shortcut you choose. Make Pattern Visible When you have a Pattern screen lock set, you can choose whether the pattern is visible briefly as you draw it on the lock screen. This option is available when the Pattern screen lock is set. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Lock screen, and then tap the check box beside Make pattern visible to turn the option On or Off. Lock Automatically When you have a screen lock set, you can choose a time period for automatically locking the screen after the screen turns off, or choose to have the screen lock immediately when the screen turns off. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Lock screen, and then tap Lock automatically to choose a time lock setting. Lock Instantly With Power Key When enabled, pressing the Power Key locks the screen immediately. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Lock screen, and then tap the check box beside Lock instantly with power key to turn the option On or Off. Unlock Effect When enabled, swiping your finger across the lock screen displays an effect. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 136 2. Tap Lock screen, and then tap Unlock effect to choose Ripple effect, Light effect, or None. Help Text When enabled, helpful tips display on the lock screen. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Lock screen, and then tap Help text to turn the option on or off. Wake Up In Lock Screen When enabled, you can press the Home Key, and then speak a wake-up command to unlock the screen. This option is available when the Swipe screen lock is set. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Lock screen, and then configure these options: Wake up in lock screen: Tap to enable or disable the option. Set wake-up command: When Wake up in lock screen is enabled, set options for wake-up commands. Display Configure settings for your phones display. Wallpaper Customize the background of the Home and Lock screens. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Display > Wallpaper. 3. Tap a screen to customize, from Home screen, Lock screen, or Home and lock screens. 4. Choose a source for wallpaper: Gallery: Select a picture from Gallery. Follow the prompts to crop the picture and save it as wallpaper. ID wallpapers: Select an image from an ID pack. (Home screen only). Live wallpapers: Select a moving scene for the background (Home screen only). Travel wallpaper: Choose options to display images from the city of your choice (Lock screen only). DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 137 Wallpapers: Choose an image from the Wallpapers gallery. Notification Panel Configure options for the Notification panel, available when you swipe your finger down from Status bar at the top of the screen. At the top of the Notification panel, you can control settings with the Quick setting buttons. Choose quick setting buttons in Notification panel settings. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Display > Notification panel. 3. Configure settings: Brightness adjustment: Tap the check box to display a slider for adjusting the screen brightness on the notification panel. Set the quick setting buttons: Quick setting buttons display at the top of the Notification panel, to allow you to set favorite options quickly. Tap buttons to add or hide the button from the Notification panel. Touch and hold a button, then drag it into a new position in the list. Multi Window Multi window allows you to use two apps on the same screen, in separate, resizable windows. You can enable Multi window in Settings, and then control whether it displays on the screen by touching and holding on the Back Key. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Display, and then tap the check box beside Multi window to enable or disable the option. Screen Mode Choose a screen mode to match your type of viewing. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Display, and then tap Screen mode to configure these options: Adapt display: Tap the check box to enable or disable automatic optimization of the screen to match the type of image being displayed and other criteria, such as battery level. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 138 When Adapt display is disabled, select a specific screen mode to match the content you display. Brightness Adjust the screen brightness to suit your surroundings, or to your personal preference. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Display > Brightness to configure options: Tap the checkmark next to Automatic brightness to allow the phone to adjust brightness automatically. To set a custom brightness level, clear the Automatic brightness checkmark and then touch and drag the Brightness level. 3. Tap OK to save the settings. Auto-rotate Screen When Auto-rotate screen is enabled, the screen automatically updates when you rotate the phone. See Rotate for more information. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Display, and then tap Auto-rotate screen to enable or disable the setting. Screen Timeout Screen timeout lets you select how long the display screen remains lit after you press any key. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Display, and the tap Screen timeout to choose a time period. Daydream The Daydream setting controls what the screen displays when the phone is docked, or while charging. You can choose to display a Colors screen, or display photos stored on your phone. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Display, and then tap the ON/OFF switch next to Daydream to turn the option On or Off. When On, you can configure these options: Colors: Tap the selector to enable or disable display of a colorful screen. Flipboard: Display pictures from Flipboard. After enabling the option, tap to choose pictures to display. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 139 Photo Frame: Tap the selector to enable or disable display of pictures in a photo frame. After enabling the option, tap to choose pictures to display. Photo Table: Tap the selector to enable or disable display of pictures in a photo table. After enabling the option, tap to choose pictures to display. Tap Start now to switch to daydream. Tap Enable daydream to choose when daydream displays, from While docked, While charging, or All. Font Style You can set the font for all text that displays on the screen. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Display, and then tap Font style to choose a font. Follow the prompts to set it as the default. Tip: To find new fonts, tap Get fonts online to access new fonts in the Google Play Store app. Font Size This option allows you to select which size of font is displayed. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Display, and then tap Font size to select a size. Touch Key Light Duration This feature allows you to set the length of time the Home Key and Back Key remain lit after you touch them. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Display, and then tap Touch key light duration to choose a duration period. Display Battery Percentage The battery charge level displays as an icon in the notification panel by default. This feature allows you to display the battery icon plus the percentage of remaining charge. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Display, and then tap the check box beside Display battery percentage to enable or disable the option. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 140 Edit After Screen Capture When Edit after screen capture is enabled, screen captures you take are automatically opened for editing. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Display, and then tap the check box beside Edit after screen capture to enable or disable the option. Auto Adjust Screen Tone When Auto adjust screen tone is enabled, your device automatically analyzes the screen and adjusts the brightness to conserve battery power. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Display, and then tap the check box beside Auto adjust screen tone to enable or disable the option. Auto Adjust Touch Sensitivity When Auto-adjust touch sensitivity is enabled, your device automatically adjusts the screens sensitivity to touches, depending on the type of material displayed on the screen. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Display, and then tap the check box beside Auto-adjust touch sensitivity to enable or disable the option. High Touch Sensitivity When enabled, the screens sensitivity to touches is increased, to improve results when using the phone while wearing gloves. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Display, and then tap the check box beside High touch sensitivity to enable or disable the option. LED Indicator The LED indicator on the front of the device displays when the device is locked, to notify you of status changes and events. Use LED indicator settings to configure how the LED functions. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap LED indicator, and then tap the check box beside options to enable or disable the option: DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 141 Charging: When enabled, the LED glows red during charging, and green when the battery is fully charged. Low battery: When enabled, the LED blinks red to indicate low battery charge. Notifications: When enabled, the LED blinks orange to show that you have missed calls, new messages, or application events. Voice recording: When enabled, the LED glows blue when recording with the screen turned off. Sound Volume Set the system volume level, and set default volume for call ringtones, notifications, and media playback. Note: You can also set System volume from the Home screen by pressing the Volume Key. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Sound, and then tap Volume to set volume levels. Drag the sliders to set the default volume for: Music, video, games, and other media Ringtone Notifications System 3. Tap OK to save the settings. Vibration Intensity Set the level for vibration to accompany ringtones and notifications. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Sound, and then tap Vibration intensity to set vibrations. Drag the sliders to set the vibration intensity for: Incoming call Notification Haptic feedback DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 142 3. Tap OK to save the settings. Ringtones Choose a ringtone for incoming calls. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Sound, and then tap Ringtones to choose a ringtone: Tap a ringtone to select it. As you tap a ringtone, a sample plays. Tap Add to choose a music track from Google Music, a sound file from Dropbox, or use Sound picker to choose a song from Music player. 3. Tap OK to save the setting. Vibrations Choose vibrations to play for notifications, such as for incoming calls, new messages, and event reminders. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Sound, and then tap Vibrations to choose a notification tone. 3. Tap a vibration to play a sample and select the sound. 4. Tap OK to save the setting. Notifications Choose a sound for notifications, such as for new messages and event reminders. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Sound, and then tap Notifications to choose a notification tone. 3. Tap a sound to play a sample and select the sound. 4. Tap OK to save the setting. Vibrate When Ringing When Vibrate when ringing is enabled, a vibration plays for calls and notifications, along with the ringtone or sound. You can use the Vibration intensity and Vibrations settings to customize the vibration. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Sound, and then tap the check box next to Vibrate when ringing to enable or disable the option. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 143 Dialing Keypad Tone When Dialing keypad tone is enabled, tones play when you tap keys on the Phone keypad. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Sound, and then tap the check box next to Dialing keypad tone to enable or disable the option. Touch Sounds When Touch sounds is enabled, tones play when you tap or touch the screen to make selections. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Sound, and then tap the check box next to Touch sounds to enable or disable the option. Screen Lock Sound When Screen lock sound is enabled, tones play when you touch the screen to lock or unlock it. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Sound, and then tap the check box next to Screen lock sound to enable or disable the option. Haptic Feedback When Haptic feedback is enabled, vibration plays when you tap the Menu and Back keys, and for certain screen touches. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Sound, and then tap the check box next to Haptic feedback to enable or disable the option. Emergency Tone You can choose to have a tone play, or have your phone vibrate, periodically during an emergency call. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Sound, and then tap Emergency tone to select a tone: Off: No tone or vibration plays during emergency calls. Alert: A tone plays during emergency calls. Vibrate: A vibration plays during emergency calls. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 144 Adapt Sound Find the best sound for you, to use during calls, and for media playback. Note: This setting uses earphones to ensure the best sound during setup. You must connect optional earphones (not included) to the phone to configure this setting. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Sound, and then tap Adapt Sound. 3. Read the information about My sound and connect optional earphones (not included). 4. Tap Start, and then follow the prompts to set My sound. Home Screen Mode Your phone offers two Home screen modes: Standard mode provides a conventional layout for apps and widgets on the Home screen. Easy mode provides an easier experience for the first-time smartphone user. You can choose the Home screen mode at any time. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Home screen mode, and then choose a mode. Touch Apply to save your selection. Call Settings Configure options for calling with your phone. Call Rejection Create and manage a list of phone numbers, to have your device automatically reject calls you receive from those numbers. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Call, and then tap Call rejection to configure these options: Auto reject mode: When All numbers is selected, calls from all numbers are rejected. When Auto reject numbers is selected, calls from numbers on the Auto reject list are rejected. Auto reject list: Enter telephone numbers, to reject calls from the numbers when Auto reject mode is turned On. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 145 Tap to enter a telephone number, or select a number from a contact. Tap Match criteria to set options for using the reject number list. Tap the check box next to Unavailable to reject calls with numbers that display Unavailable in Caller ID. Set Up Call Rejection Messages Create and manage text messages to send to callers when rejecting incoming calls. Messages you create here are available from the incoming call screen when you use the Reject with message option. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Call, and then tap Set up call rejection messages to manage messages: To create new messages, tap Create, then follow the prompts. To modify an existing message, tap the message, then edit the text. Answering/Ending Calls Manage settings for answering and ending calls. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Call, and then tap Answering/ending calls to configure these options: The home key answers calls: When enabled, you can answer incoming calls by pressing the Home key. Voice control: When turned On, you can answer calls by speaking commands. Tap the ON/OFF switch to turn Voice control On, then tap Voice control to configure the Incoming calls option. When enabled, you can answer or reject calls with the voice commands Answer and Reject. When you answer a call with a voice command, the Speaker will automatically turn on for hands-free calls. The power key ends calls: When enabled, you can end calls by pressing the Power key. In this case, pressing the power key during a call will not lock the screen. Turn Off Screen During Calls When enabled, the screen automatically turns off during phone calls, and the proximity sensor on the front of the device is used to turn the screen back on when the device is moved or brought close to another surface, such as when you move the device to your ear. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Call, and then tap Turn off screen during calls to enable or disable the setting. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 146 Call Alerts Set options for sounds and vibrations to occur during calls. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Call, and then tap Call alerts to configure settings: Vibrate on connection to network: When enabled, your phone will vibrate when a call connects to the network. Call-end vibration: When enabled, the phone vibrates when the other caller ends the call. Call connect tone: When enabled, the phone plays a tone when the other caller answers a call. Minute minder: When enabled, a tone plays once per minute during a call. Call end tone: When enabled, the device plays a tone when the other caller ends the call. Alerts on call: When enabled, notifications for alarms and new messages play during calls. When disabled, these notifications will be muted during a call. Call Accessories Configure options for using a headset. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Call, and then tap Call accessories to configure settings: Automatic answering: When enabled, and you have a headset connected to the Headset Jack, incoming calls are answered automatically after a delay, which you can set at Automatic answering timer. Tap to enable or disable the setting. Automatic answering timer: Choose a time period to delay before automatically answering an incoming call when Automatic answering is enabled and a headset is connected to the device. Tap to choose 2 seconds, 5 seconds, or 10 seconds. Outgoing call conditions: When the device is paired with a Bluetooth headset, you can choose to make calls even when the device is locked. Tap to choose Even when device locked, or Only when device unlocked. Ringtones And Keypad Tones Choose tones and vibrations to play for incoming calls and keypad taps. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 147 2. Tap Call, and then tap Ringtones and keypad tones. 3. Configure settings: Tap Ringtones, and then select a ringtone for incoming calls. Tap OK to save your selection. Tap Vibrations, and then select a vibration pattern to play for incoming calls when the Vibrate when ringing option is enabled. You can tap Create to create a custom pattern. Tap OK to save the settings. Tap Vibrate when ringing to play a vibration for incoming calls. The vibration pattern is set at the Vibrations setting. Tap the check box next to Keypad tones to enable or disable tones for keypad taps. Personalize Call Sound Choose options for call audio, in cases where you might need the sound softer or more clear, or optimized for your right or left ear. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Call, and then tap Personalize call sound. 3. Tap a setting, and then configure options if available: Adapt sound: Tap Start, and then follow the onscreen prompts to find the best sound for you. Soft sound: Use softer sounds during calls. Clear sound: Use clearer sounds during calls. Off: Use the default call sound settings. Noise Reduction When enabled, Noise reduction suppresses background noise from your environment during calls. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Call, and then tap Noise reduction to enable or disable noise reduction. Increase Volume In Pocket When enabled, this setting uses the proximity sensor to detect when the device is in a pocket or other close-fitting location such as a purse or bag, and increases the volume for incoming call ringtones. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 148 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Call, and then tap the check box Increase volume in pocket to enable or the setting. Us Dialing When enabled, the US dialing option replaces + with the international access code for your location. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Call, and then tap the check box next to US dialing to enable or disable the setting. International Dialing When US dialing is enabled, it uses the International dialing code to replace +. US dialing must be disabled to access the International dialing code. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Call, and then tap the check box next to US dialing to disable the setting. US dialing must be disabled to access the International dialing setting. 3. Tap International dialing, and then use the keypad to enter the international dialing code. 4. Tap OK to save the code. TTY Mode A TTY (teletypewriter, also known as a TDD or Text Telephone) is a telecommunications phone that allows people who are deaf, hard of hearing, or who have speech or language disabilities, to communicate by telephone. Your phone is compatible with select TTY phones. Please check with the manufacturer of your TTY phone to ensure that it supports digital wireless transmission. Your phone and TTY phone will connect using a special cable that plugs into your phones headset jack. If this cable was not provided with your TTY phone, contact your TTY phone manufacturer to purchase the connector cable. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Call, and then tap TTY mode to choose a mode, from TTY Off, TTY Full, TTY HCO, or TTY VCO. DTMF Tones Set the length of Dual-tone Multi-frequency (DTMF) tones, which play when you use the keypad during a call, such as when navigating menus. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 149 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Call, and then tap DTMF tones to choose a tone length, from Normal, or Long. Voicemail Settings Set options for voicemail. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Call, and then tap Voicemail settings to configure options for voicemail. Voice Privacy When enabled, Voice privacy improves the security of voice calls. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Call, and then tap the check box next to Voice privacy to enable or disable enhanced privacy mode. Blocking Mode When Blocking mode is enabled, notifications for selected features are blocked, and you only receive the notifications you choose. You can choose to block notifications by feature or contact, and choose blocking all the time, or during a specific time period. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap the ON/OFF switch next to Blocking mode to enable or disable the setting. Blocking mode must be enabled to configure options. 3. When Blocking mode is enabled, choose features to block: Disable incoming calls: When enabled, notifications for incoming calls will not display. Tap the check box next to the option to enable or disable it. Disable notifications: When enabled, notifications for new messages will not display. Tap the check box next to the option to enable or disable it. Disable alarm and timer: When enabled, notifications for alarms and timers will not display. Tap the check box next to the option to enable or disable it. Disable LED indicator: When enabled, the LED indicator will not light for notifications, even when the screen is off. Tap the check box next to the option to enable or disable it. 4. Set a time period for blocking mode: Tap the check box next to Always, to block notifications at all times. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 150 To set a specific time period to block notifications each day, disable the Always option, and then set a starting (From field) time and ending time (To field). Tap the time fields and then set the time. 5. Choose an option for blocking by contact: Tap Allowed contacts, and then choose an option: None: Block all notifications, from any contact. All contacts: Allow notifications from any contact. Favorites: Only allow notifications from contacts marked as favorites. Custom: Allow notifications from contacts you specify. Create a list of allowed contacts by tapping Add, and then selecting contacts from Contacts. If you have created a Custom list of allowed contacts, you can tap Allowed contact list to modify the list of allowed contacts. This option is only available when the Custom list is enabled. Power Saving Mode Configure Power saving mode settings to conserve battery power. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Power saving mode to configure options: Tap the ON/OFF switch next to Power saving mode to turn the mode On or Off. Power saving mode must be turned On to configure settings. CPU power saving: When enabled, the maximum performance of the devices CPU (Central Processing Unit) is disabled to conserve battery power. Tap the check box beside the option to enable or disable it. Screen power saving: When enabled, the frame refresh rate and brightness level are reduced to conserve power. Tap the check box beside the option to enable or disable it. Turn off haptic feedback: When enabled, Haptic feedback is disabled to conserve battery power. Tap the check box beside the option to enable or disable it. Note: Tap Learn about Power saving mode to view information about these settings. Accessory Configure your devices behavior when it is connected to an optional dock (not included). 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 151 2. Tap Accessory to configure settings: Dock sound: When enabled, a sound plays when you insert and remove the device from the dock. Audio output mode: When enabled, audio plays through the dock speakers when the device is docked. Desk home screen display: When enabled, displays a special screen when the device is docked. Automatic unlock: When enabled, flipping a cover open automatically unlocks the screen, when no screen lock is enabled. Audio output: Choose a destination for audio output when you connect to devices via HDMI cable. Accessibility Your device offers features to make using the device easier for those with certain physical disabilities. Use Accessibility settings to configure these features. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Accessibility to configure options: Tap Auto-rotate screen to enable or disable automatic rotation of the screen when you rotate the phone. Tap Screen timeout to set a period of time for the screen to remain lit, after which it will dim and lock. Tap Speak passwords to allow the phone to read aloud password information. Tap Answering/ending calls to accept calls by pressing the Home Key or end calls by pressing the Power/Lock Key. Tap Show shortcut to display a shortcut to the Device options menu. The Device options menu displays when you press and hold the Power/Lock Key. Tap Manage accessibility to choose settings for exporting, updating, and sharing the accessibility settings as a file. Services: Tap TalkBack to activate the TalkBack feature and configure options. Vision: DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 152 Tap Font size to change the size of the fonts used on the screen. Choose Tiny, Small, Normal, Large, or Huge. Tap Magnification gestures to control whether your phone recognizes gestures to pan, and zoom in or out. Tap Negative colors to reverse the display of onscreen colors from White text on a Black background to Black text on a White background. Tap the ON/OFF switch next to Color adjustment to turn automatic color adjustment On or Off, and then tap Color adjustment to configure adjustments. Color adjustment helps adjust the color of the screen if you are color blind or have difficulty reading the display because of the screen color. Follow the prompts to fine-tune screen colors. Tap Accessibility shortcut to control whether your device recognizes a gesture to quickly enable accessibility features. To use the gesture, press and hold the Power/Lock Key until you hear a sound or feel a vibration, then touch and hold two fingers on the screen until you hear an audio confirmation. Tap Text-to-speech options to configure options for converting text to speech. For more information, see Text-to-speech Options. Tap Enhance web accessibility to choose whether to allow apps to install scripts from Google that make their Web content more accessible. Hearing: Tap Sound Balance to control the signal sent to the left and right when using earphones. Tap the check box next to Mono audio to enable stereo audio to be compressed into a single mono audio stream for use with a single earphone. Tap the check box next to Turn off all sounds to mute every sound made by the phone during taps, selections, notifications, etc. Tap the check box next to Flash notification to have your phone blink the Camera flash for notifications. Mobility: Tap the ON/OFF switch next to Assistant menu to control the display of a special menu to improve device accessibility for users with reduced dexterity. After turning the menu On, tap Assistant menu to choose options. Tap Dominant hand to choose whether the menu displays on the left or right side of the screen, and tap Edit to choose features to display on the Assistant menu. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 153 Tap the check box next to Tap and hold delay choose how long your phone waits during a tap and hold gesture on the screen, before continuing with the tap and hold action. Recognition: Tap the ON/OFF switch beside Interaction control to control how your phone interprets motions and screen touches. When Interaction control is On, you can turn motions and screen timeout on or off. You can also block areas of the screen from touch interaction. Auto-rotate and hardkey functions (Power/Lock Key, Volume Key, etc.) will be turned off, and app notifications will only be shown in the notification panel and status bar. Language And Input Use Language and input settings to choose a default language for your phones operations, plus settings for text entry and other inputs. Choose a Default Language Choose the language for operating your phone. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Language and input, and then tap Language to select a language. Set a Default Input Method The following procedure allows you to select and set the default method you will use when accessing the keyboard. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Language and input, and then tap Default to select the default input method. Google Voice Typing Settings Google voice typing allows you to speak your entries. When you enable Google voice typing, its available for use when you touch a field to enter text. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Language and input, and then tap the check box next to Google voice typing to enable or disable the feature. 3. Tap beside Google voice typing to configure options: Choose input languages: Select language(s) to use for voice input, or choose Automatic to let Google decide. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 154 Block offensive words: Tap the check box to control whether Google displays words generally recognized as offensive. Download offline speech recognition: Download and install speech recognition engines, to allow you to use voice input while not connected to the network, such as during Airplane mode. Samsung Keyboard Settings The Samsung Keyboard is an onscreen QWERTY keyboard, so you can enter text by typing on the keyboard. Samsung keyboard is enabled by default, and you can choose options for using it. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Language and input, and then tap next to Samsung keyboard to configure these options: Portrait keyboard types: Choose the default keypad when the screen is in portrait mode, from QWERTY or 3x4 keyboard (similar to a phone keypad). Input language: Choose language(s) for use with Samsung keyboard. When you have more than one language enabled, you can slide your finger on the space bar while entering text to switch languages. Predictive text: Tap the ON/OFF switch to turn predictive text On or Off. Predictive text suggests words matching your text entries, and optionally, complete common words automatically. Tap Predictive text to configure options: Personalized data: When enabled, predictive text uses personal language data you have entered to make better predictions. Samsung keyboard can collect all the text you enter, including personal data and credit card numbers, in order to give better prediction results. Learn from Facebook: Log into Facebook to allow your device to learn from your Facebook postings. Learn from Gmail: Log into Gmail to allow your device to learn from your Gmail email. Learn from Twitter: Log into Twitter to allow your device to learn from your Twitter postings. Learn from Messaging: Allow your device to learn from your text and multimedia messages. Learn from Contacts: Allow your device to learn from your Contacts entries. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 155 Clear remote data: Delete your information stored on the personalization server. Clear personal data: Remove all personalized data you have entered. Privacy: Read the privacy policy. Swiftkey flow: When enabled, you can enter text by sliding your finger across the keys on the keyboard. Cursor control: When enabled, you can slide your finger across the keyboard to move the cursor to begin entering text. Handwriting: Recognition type: Choose the type of handwriting recognition, from strokes, or complete letters. Recognition time: Choose the length of time the keyboard waits to evaluate handwriting gestures. Pen thickness: Choose the size of handwriting strokes on the screen. Pen color: Choose the color of handwriting strokes on screen. About: View information about Samsung keyboard handwriting. Advanced: Auto-capitalization: When enabled, predictive text automatically capitalizes words in your text based on common usage, such as at the beginning of sentences. Auto spacing: When enabled, predictive text automatically inserts spaces between words. Auto-punctuate: When enabled, a period and space are automatically entered to end a sentence, when you tap the space bar twice. Character preview: When enabled, characters available on the key you touch display briefly as you enter text. Key-tap vibration: When enabled, a vibration plays for your key touches. Key-tap sound: When enabled, a sound plays for your key touches. Help: Learn about Samsung Keyboard. Reset setting: Return settings to the defaults. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 156 Swype Settings Swype is a new way to enter text on touch screens. Instead of touching each key individually, use your finger to trace over the letters of a word. For each word, place your finger on the first letter and glide to the subsequent letters, lifting on the last letter. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Language and input, and then tap next to Swype to configure these options: How to Swype: Learn about using Swype. Gestures: Learn about shortcuts you can use on the keyboard to quickly accomplish common tasks. Preferences: Set Swype options: Vibrate on keypress: When enabled, the device vibrates for your Swype touches. Sound on keypress: When enabled, the device plays sounds for your Swype touches. Show helpful tips: When enabled, Swype displays helpful information as you Swype. Auto-spacing: When enabled, Swype automatically inserts spaces between words as you complete them. Auto-capitalization: When enabled, Swype automatically capitalizes the first word of sentences. Show complete trace: When enabled, Swype displays the trace of each word until you start the next word. Pop-up on keypress: When enabled, characters display above keys as you enter text. Next word prediction: When enabled, Swype predicts the next word based on the previous word. Reset Swypes dictionary: Delete all the words youve added to the Swype dictionary. Version: View information about Swype. Language options: Choose the current language for Swype, and download new languages. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 157 Swype Connect: Enable personalization from your accounts, and choose whether to contribute your usage data to improve predictions. Personalization: View and manage words in your Swype dictionary, used for word completion, suggestions, and spellchecking. Updates: Check for updates to Swype, and install them if desired. Voice Search Settings Voice Search performs Google searches by speaking the criteria. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Language and input, and then tap Voice Search for these options: Language: Choose a language for voice searching. Speech output: Choose options for speech output. Block offensive words: When enabled, words many people find offensive are not shown in results of Google voice searches. Offensive words are replaced in results with a placeholder (####). Hotword detection: When enabled, you can say Google to launch voice search. Download offline speech recognition: Download speech recognition, to enable voice input while offline. Personalized recognition: Enable to have your device improve recognition based on your speech. Google account dashboard: View and manage your collected data. Bluetooth headset: Records audio through a Bluetooth headset, when using an optional Bluetooth headset (not included), paired with your phone. Text-to-speech Options Text-to-speech (TTS) provides audible readout of text, for example, the contents of text messages and the Caller ID for incoming calls. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Language and input, and then tap Text-to-speech options: Preferred TTS engine: Select Samsung text-to-speech engine, or Google Text-to-speech Engine. Tap to configure options. General: DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 158 Speech rate: Choose a rate for text readouts. Listen to an example: Play an example of speech used for readouts. Pointer Speed This feature allows you to adjust the speed of the Mouse/trackpad. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Language and input, and then tap Pointer speed to set the pointer speed. Tap OK to save your selection. Motions and Gestures The Motion settings allow you to set up various Motion activation services. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Motions and gestures to configure features. Tap the ON/OFF switch to turn a feature On or Off. When a feature is On, tap the feature name to configure options: Air gesture: When On, you can control your phone by making specific gestures above the sensor with your hand. Learn about sensor and icon: View information about the Air gesture sensor and the icon that displays when air gestures are available. Quick glance: When On, you can reach toward the device with the screen off to see important information at a glance. Air jump: When On, you can scroll web pages in screen-sized jumps. Air browse: When On, you can move between pictures, pages, or music tracks. Air move: When On, you can move app shortcuts or Calendar events. Air call-accept: When On, you can wave your hand over the screen to answer incoming calls. Motion: When On, you can control your device with natural movements, like putting the device to your ear to call a displayed contact. Direct call: When On, you can lift the device to your ear while viewing a contact to call the contact. Smart alert: When On, you can lift the phone to receive notifications of missed calls and notifications that occurred while the device was stationary. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 159 Zoom: When On, you can tilt the phone to zoom in or out when viewing pictures in Gallery. Browse an image: When On, you can move the phone in a side-to-side motion to pan from side to side while viewing an image. Mute/pause: When On, you can mute incoming calls and pause playback by turning the phone screen-side down. Palm motion: When On, you can control your device by touching the screen with the palm of your hand. Capture screen: When On, you can save a copy of the current screen to the clipboard by swiping the side of your hand across the screen. Mute/pause: When On, you can mute incoming calls and pause playback by covering the screen with your hand. Gyroscope calibration: Follow the prompts to calibrate your phones motion sensors. Smart Screen Use Smart screen options to have your phone automatically adjust screen timeout, rotation when it detects you are looking at the screen, and control scrolling and playback based whether you are facing the screen. Smart screen options use the front camera to detect when you are facing the screen. Some factors that may affect the ability of the front camera to detect your face are: When the phone is not docked or held upright, for example when placed on a table. When the front camera cannot detect your face and eyes. When the front camera is being used for the current application. When the source of light is behind you, or when using the phone in the dark. Smart Stay When Smart stay is enabled, the screen will not time out as long as you are looking at it. When enabled, the Smart stay icon displays in the Status bar. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Smart screen, and then tap the check box beside Smart stay to enable or disable the option. Note: Tap Smart screen for tips on using the feature. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 160 Smart Rotation When Smart rotation is enabled, the screen automatically updates to match the angle at which you are viewing. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Smart screen, and then tap the check box beside Smart rotation to enable or disable the option. Note: Tap Smart rotation for tips on using the feature. Smart Pause When Smart pause is enabled, the phone will automatically pause video playback when you look away from the screen. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Smart screen, and then tap the check box beside Smart pause to enable or disable the option. Note: Tap Smart pause for tips on using the feature. Smart Scroll When Smart scroll is enabled, the phone will scroll the screen display according to the tilt of the phone and your face. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Smart screen, and then tap the ON/OFF switch beside Smart scroll to turn the feature On or Off. 3. After you turn the feature On, tap Smart scroll to configure these options: Tilting head: Scrolling follows the tilt of your head. Tilt your head backwards or forward, while keeping the phone steady. Tilting device: Scrolling follows the tilt of the phone. Tilt the phone backwards or forward, while keeping your head steady. Speed: Drag the slider to set the speed at which pages will scroll. Visual Feedback display: When enabled, an icon will display when Smart scroll is in use. Note: Tap Smart scroll for tips on using the feature. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 161 Air View When Air view is turned On, the phone displays helpful information when you hover your finger over the screen. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Air view, and then tap the ON/OFF switch beside Air view to turn the feature On or Off. 3. After you turn the feature On, tap Air view to select what you see when you hover your finger over areas of the screen: Information preview: When On, hovering over items displays information previews, extended text, or enlarged images, depending on the type of item. Progress preview: When On, hovering over a progress bar, such as for video playback, displays a scene preview or elapsed playback time. Speed dial preview: When On, hovering over a speed dial displays the name of the contact assigned to the speed dial. Webpage magnifier: When On, hovering over a webpage magnifies the content under your finger. Sound and haptic feedback: When enabled, the phone plays sound and vibrates when you hover over air view items. Voice Control When Voice control is turned On, you can use voice commands to control your phone. Note: If you set the alert type for calls or notifications to vibrate, voice command is not available. 1. Press and tap > Settings > My Device. 2. Tap Voice control, and then tap the ON/OFF switch beside Voice control to turn the feature On or Off. 3. After you turn the feature On, tap Voice control to set options: Incoming calls: When enabled, you can answer or reject calls with the voice commands Answer and Reject. When you answer a call with the voice command, the Speaker will automatically be turned on for hands-free talking. Alarm: When enabled, you can stop or snooze alarms with the voice commands Stop and Snooze. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 162 Camera: When enabled, you can take pictures with the voice commands Smile, Cheese, Capture and Shoot. Music: When enabled, you can control the music player with the voice commands Next, Previous, Pause, Play, Volume Up, and Volume Down. Accounts When you set up accounts on your phone, such as your Google or Samsung accounts, and your email or social networking accounts, you can synchronize account information between your phone and the account. Types of information you can synchronize include contacts, pictures, videos, and other types of files. You can also set up options for backing up information from your phone to the cloud, and back up or reset your device. Add an Account Add an account to your phone to share information between your phone and the account. 1. Press and tap > Settings > Accounts. 2. Tap Add account, and then choose a type of account. 3. Follow the prompts to enter your account credentials and complete the account set up. Backup Options Set up a backup account on your phone to save information from your phone to the account. 1. Press and tap > Settings > Accounts. 2. Tap an option to configure backup features: Cloud: Configure options for synchronizing and backing up information. Tap Add account to sign in to your Samsung account, or create a new Samsung account. You can sync contacts, calendar events, memos, and Internet shortcuts. You can back up Logs, SMS and MMS messages, and current wallpaper settings. Tap Link Dropbox account to sign in to your Dropbox account, or set up a new account, to sync pictures, videos and documents. Backup and reset: Configure options for backing up data from your phone to a Google account. Back up my data: Tap the check box to turn On automatic backup to a Google account, and then set up an account for the backups. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 163 Backup account: When Back up my data is turned On, set up a Google account for backups. You can set up a new Google account, or sign in to an existing account. Automatic restore: When Back up my data is turned On, you can also turn on Automatic restore to automatically restore settings and other information from the backup when you reinstall an app. Factory data reset: Erase all your information from the phone, and return the settings to the factory defaults. All data will be erased, and cannot be recovered. A factory data reset also erases the key for decrypting files stored on an optional installed memory card, so files on the card cannot be used after the reset. Location Services Control apps access to your location, and configure location sources. Some apps may require one or more location services be turned On for full app functionality. GPS signals may be affected by your surroundings, including: Buildings Tunnels or underground structures Weather conditions High-voltage or electromagnetic fields Tinted windows Note: E911 location service is standard on all mobile phones, to allow sharing of GPS information with emergency personnel when you make a call to emergency services, such as 911. 1. Press and tap > Settings > More. 2. Tap Location services to set these options: Access to my location: Tap the ON/OFF switch to turn location services On or Off. When On, you are allowing Googles location service to collect anonymous location data. Some data may be stored on your device, and collection may occur even when no apps are running. Location sources: When Access to my location is turned On, select sources for location information. Use GPS satellites: When enabled, your phone obtains location information from GPS satellites. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 164 Use wireless networks: When enabled, your phone obtains location information from Wi-Fi and/or wireless networks. My places: Set up places you visit frequently, to make the locations available for use with services or apps that require location information. Tap Home, Office, or Car, and then follow the prompts to configure options for identifying the location. Tap to set up a different location. Security Configure options for securing information on your phone. Encryption You can encrypt accounts, settings, downloaded apps and their data, media, and other files. After encryption, you must enter the PIN or password you set each time you turn on your phone. You can also encrypt information stored on an optional installed memory card (not included). Encryption may take an hour or more to complete. Start with a charged battery, and keep the device on the charger until encryption is complete. Interrupting the encryption process may result in the loss of some or all data. 1. Press and tap > Settings > More. 2. Tap Security, and then tap an option: Encrypt device: Tap Set screen lock type to start, and then follow the prompts to encrypt information. Encrypt external SD card: Tap Set screen lock type to start, and then follow the prompts to encrypt information. Passwords Use the Make passwords visible setting to briefly display password characters as you enter them into password fields. 1. Press and tap > Settings > More. 2. Tap Security, and then tap the check box beside Make passwords visible to enable or disable the setting. Device Administration Some applications, such as Corporate email, may require you allow access to your device by device administrators in certain circumstances, such as if your device is lost or stolen. Some features a device administrator might control include: DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 165 Setting the number of failed password attempts before the device is restored to factory settings. Automatically locking the device. Restoring factory settings on the device. 1. Press and tap > Settings > More. 2. Tap Security, and then tap an option: Device administrators: Tap to view, add, or remove device administrators. Unknown sources: Tap the check box to enable or disable your phones ability to install apps from sources other than Google Play Store. Verify apps: Tap the check box to enable or disable a warning before installing apps that may cause harm. Credential Storage You can install credentials from an optional installed memory card (not included), and use the Credential storage settings to allow applications to access the security certificates and other credentials. 1. Press and tap > Settings > More. 2. Tap Security, and then tap an option: Trusted credentials: Tap to view credentials youve installed. Install from device storage: Tap to install encrypted certificates from an optional installed memory card (not included). Clear credentials: Tap to clear stored credentials and reset the password (only available when credentials are installed). Application Manager You can download and install applications from the Google Play Store or Samsung Apps, or create applications using the Android SDK and install them on your device. Use Application manager to manage applications on your device. Warning! Because this device can be configured with system software not provided by or supported by Google or any other company, end-users operate these devices at their own risk. 1. Press and tap > Settings > More. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 166 2. Tap Application manager, and then tap Downloaded, Running, or All to view the status of apps and services. Tap an app or service for more information, and for app options, such as stopping and uninstalling. Battery See whats using battery power. 1. Press and tap > Settings > More. 2. Tap Battery to view battery usage for apps and services. Tap an item for more information, or to configure options for managing power use. Storage Manage the use of memory resources in your phones Device memory, and on an optional installed memory card (not included). 1. Press and tap > Settings > More. 2. Tap Storage to view information about memory usage, and for other options: Device memory: View memory usage for the different types of information stored on your phones memory. Tap an item for more information. SD card: View memory usage for the different types of information stored on an optional installed memory card. Mount SD card: Prepare the card for use as storage in the phone. This option is only available if an optional memory card is installed, and is not already mounted. Usually, your phone mounts a memory card as soon as you install it. Unmount SD card: Prepare an installed optional memory card for safe removal or formatting. Format SD card: Permanently remove all content from an optional installed memory card. After formatting, the content cannot be retrieved. Date and Time By default, your device receives date and time information from the wireless network. When you are outside network coverage, you may want to set date and time information manually using the Date & time settings. 1. Press and tap > Settings > More. 2. Tap Date and time to configure settings: DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 167 Automatic date and time: When enabled, the device takes date and time updates from the wireless network. Set date: Enter the current date (only available when Automatic date and time is disabled). Set time: Enter the current time (only available when the Automatic setting is disabled). Automatic time zone: When enabled, the device takes the time zone from the wireless network. Select time zone: Choose your local time zone (only available when the Automatic setting is disabled). Use 24-hour format: Set the format for time displays. Select date format: Set the format for date displays. Activate this Device Connect to the network and activate your device. If your device is already activated, use this option to view information about your plan and usage. 1. Press and tap > Settings > More. 2. Tap Activate this device, and then follow the prompts to activate your device on the network. System Update Use System update options to update your phones internal software. 1. Press and tap > Settings > More. 2. Tap System Update to use these options: Update PRL: Download and the latest Preferred Roaming List (PRL), used by your phone to access the network. Update Profile: Update the user profile related to your wireless service account. If you choose to change your user name online, use this option to update the user name on your phone. Update Samsung Software: Upgrade to the latest software available for your device. Update Firmware: Update your phones firmware. Follow the prompts to download and install the update. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Settings 168 UICC Unlock: Unlock your devices Universal Integrated Circuit Card. About Device View information about your device, including status, legal information, hardware and software versions, and a tutorial. 1. Press and tap > Settings > More. 2. Tap About device, and then tap items for more details: Software version: View your phones software version. Hardware version: View the hardware version of your device. Status: View information about your devices current status. Legal information: Display open source licenses, configure license settings, including your DivX VOD registration, and Google info. Device name: View your devices name, and enter a new name if desired. Model number: View your devices model number. Android version: View the firmware version of your device. Baseband version: View the baseband version of your device. Kernel version: View the kernel version of your device. Build number: View the build number of your device. SELinux status: View your devices current status. DRAFT For Internal Use Only Index 169 Index 3-way Calling, 30 4G Services, 77 Accessibility, 150 Settings, 150 Account Manage, 5 Services, 6 Account Passwords, 5 Accounts, 43 Email, 45 Gmail, 44 Google, 43 Social Network, 58 Activation, 2 Alarm & Timer, 100 Answer a Call, 28 Applications, 61 Back Key, 9 Battery Install, 1 Bluetooth, 89, 107 Connect to a Car Kit, 107 Receive Information, 110 Send Information, 109 Unpair, 108 Brightness, 137 Browser, 80 Calculator, 101 Call Forwarding, 30 Call Waiting, 30 Caller ID, 29 Camera, 9, 81 Settings, 84 Clock, 100 Contacts, 36 Add, 37 Adding Entries to Your Favorites, 40 Edit, 38 Groups, 40 Make call from, 26 Save a Number, 38 Share, 41 Corporate Email Creation, 46 Cover release, 9 Data, 80 Data Services, 76 Password, 5 Data Usage, 127 Display Settings, 135 DivX, 61 Drag, 16 Dropbox, 104 Earpiece, 8 Editing Text, 25 Email, 45 Compose, 47 Corporate Accounts, 46 Email Message Make call from, 27 Emergency Numbers, 27 Enhanced 911 (E911), 28 Enter Text, 22 Entertainment, 81 Extended Home Screen, 21 Favorites, 40 Files Transfer between phone and computer, 112 Flash, 9, 170 Flick, 16 Front camera, 8 Gestures, 14 Global Roaming Mode, 115 Gmail, 44 Google Sign in, 43 Voice Typing, 22 Google Checkout, 63 Google Maps, 64 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Index 170 Google Messenger, 59 Google Navigation, 64 Google Play Movies, 69 Google Play Music, 65 Google Play Store, 62 Install an App, 62 Google Talk, 59 Google Voice Typing, 152 Configuring, 23 Using, 23 Google+, 59, 90 Group Creating a New Group, 40 Headset Jack, 9 Home Key, 9 Home Screen, 18 Extended, 21 Shortcuts, 19 Widgets, 20 In-call Options, 31 Incoming Call Answer, 28 Reject, 28 Infrared transmitter, 9 International Data Roaming, 118 Keyboard, 153, 155 Samsung, 153, 155 Language and Input, 152 LED indicator, 8 Light sensor, 8 Maps Google, 64 Menu Key, 9 Messaging, 43, 52 Options, 56 Microphones, 9 MMS Messaging, 52 Motion Settings, 157 Music, 65 Google Play Music, 65 Player, 65 Sprint Music Plus, 65 My Files, 103 Navigation, 64 Scout, 65 Notification Icons, 22 Phone, 26 Layout, 8 Navigation, 14 Phone calls Using contacts, 26 Phone Calls Emergency numbers, 27 From email messages, 27 From text messages, 27 Make calls, 26 Receive, 28 Using phone keypad, 26 Using recent calls, 26 Picasa, 90 Pinch, 18 Play Store, 62 Plus (+) Code Dialing, 116 Power Key, 9 Power On, 9 Proximity sensor, 8 Recent Calls Clear, 35 Make call from, 26 View, 35 Reject Incoming Call, 28 Rotate, 17 S Memo, 101 Creating, 101 S Voice, 105 Samsung Keyboard, 153, 155 Scout, 65 SD Card, 111 Remove, 111 Settings, 122 Accessibility, 150 Data Usage, 127 Display, 135 Language and Input, 152 Motion, 157 Wi-Fi, 122 Setup Application, 3 DRAFT For Internal Use Only Index 171 SIM Card, 115 Slide, 15 SMS Messaging, 52 Social Network Accounts, 58 Speaker, 9 Speed Dialing, 32 Spread, 18 Sprint 411, 6 Sprint Operator Services, 7 Sprint TV & Movies, 71 Sprint Worldwide Wireless Service, 115 Status Icons, 21 Swipe, 15 Text Editing, 25 Text Entry, 22 Text Input Methods, 22 Text Messaging, 52 Make call from, 27 Text-to-Speech, 156 Tools, 96 Touch, 14 Touch and Hold, 15 Touchscreen Turn off, 10 Turn on, 10 Turn Device On, 9 Typing, 22 Update Firmware, 113 USB Charger/Accessory port, 9 Videos Record, 82 Sharing, 89 Voice Recorder, 106 Voice Services, 105 Voice Typing, 22 Configuring, 23 Using, 23 Voicemail, 33 International, 117 Notification, 34 Password, 5 Setup, 4 VPN, 78, 129 Web, 75 Wi-Fi, 75 Settings, 122 YouTube, 58, 90 Zoom, 18 DRAFT For Internal Use Only